LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/utils/misc - guc.c (source / functions) Hit Total Coverage
Test: PostgreSQL 18devel Lines: 1888 2310 81.7 %
Date: 2024-11-21 08:14:44 Functions: 95 98 96.9 %
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

          Line data    Source code
       1             : /*--------------------------------------------------------------------
       2             :  * guc.c
       3             :  *
       4             :  * Support for grand unified configuration scheme, including SET
       5             :  * command, configuration file, and command line options.
       6             :  *
       7             :  * This file contains the generic option processing infrastructure.
       8             :  * guc_funcs.c contains SQL-level functionality, including SET/SHOW
       9             :  * commands and various system-administration SQL functions.
      10             :  * guc_tables.c contains the arrays that define all the built-in
      11             :  * GUC variables.  Code that implements variable-specific behavior
      12             :  * is scattered around the system in check, assign, and show hooks.
      13             :  *
      14             :  * See src/backend/utils/misc/README for more information.
      15             :  *
      16             :  *
      17             :  * Copyright (c) 2000-2024, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
      18             :  * Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
      19             :  *
      20             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      21             :  *    src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c
      22             :  *
      23             :  *--------------------------------------------------------------------
      24             :  */
      25             : #include "postgres.h"
      26             : 
      27             : #include <limits.h>
      28             : #include <math.h>
      29             : #include <sys/stat.h>
      30             : #include <unistd.h>
      31             : 
      32             : #include "access/xact.h"
      33             : #include "access/xlog.h"
      34             : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      35             : #include "catalog/pg_authid.h"
      36             : #include "catalog/pg_parameter_acl.h"
      37             : #include "guc_internal.h"
      38             : #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
      39             : #include "libpq/protocol.h"
      40             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      41             : #include "parser/scansup.h"
      42             : #include "port/pg_bitutils.h"
      43             : #include "storage/fd.h"
      44             : #include "storage/lwlock.h"
      45             : #include "storage/shmem.h"
      46             : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
      47             : #include "utils/acl.h"
      48             : #include "utils/builtins.h"
      49             : #include "utils/conffiles.h"
      50             : #include "utils/guc_tables.h"
      51             : #include "utils/memutils.h"
      52             : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
      53             : 
      54             : 
      55             : #define CONFIG_FILENAME "postgresql.conf"
      56             : #define HBA_FILENAME    "pg_hba.conf"
      57             : #define IDENT_FILENAME  "pg_ident.conf"
      58             : 
      59             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
      60             : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS "global/config_exec_params"
      61             : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW "global/config_exec_params.new"
      62             : #endif
      63             : 
      64             : /*
      65             :  * Precision with which REAL type guc values are to be printed for GUC
      66             :  * serialization.
      67             :  */
      68             : #define REALTYPE_PRECISION 17
      69             : 
      70             : /*
      71             :  * Safe search path when executing code as the table owner, such as during
      72             :  * maintenance operations.
      73             :  */
      74             : #define GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH "pg_catalog, pg_temp"
      75             : 
      76             : static int  GUC_check_errcode_value;
      77             : 
      78             : static List *reserved_class_prefix = NIL;
      79             : 
      80             : /* global variables for check hook support */
      81             : char       *GUC_check_errmsg_string;
      82             : char       *GUC_check_errdetail_string;
      83             : char       *GUC_check_errhint_string;
      84             : 
      85             : 
      86             : /*
      87             :  * Unit conversion tables.
      88             :  *
      89             :  * There are two tables, one for memory units, and another for time units.
      90             :  * For each supported conversion from one unit to another, we have an entry
      91             :  * in the table.
      92             :  *
      93             :  * To keep things simple, and to avoid possible roundoff error,
      94             :  * conversions are never chained.  There needs to be a direct conversion
      95             :  * between all units (of the same type).
      96             :  *
      97             :  * The conversions for each base unit must be kept in order from greatest to
      98             :  * smallest human-friendly unit; convert_xxx_from_base_unit() rely on that.
      99             :  * (The order of the base-unit groups does not matter.)
     100             :  */
     101             : #define MAX_UNIT_LEN        3   /* length of longest recognized unit string */
     102             : 
     103             : typedef struct
     104             : {
     105             :     char        unit[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1]; /* unit, as a string, like "kB" or
     106             :                                          * "min" */
     107             :     int         base_unit;      /* GUC_UNIT_XXX */
     108             :     double      multiplier;     /* Factor for converting unit -> base_unit */
     109             : } unit_conversion;
     110             : 
     111             : /* Ensure that the constants in the tables don't overflow or underflow */
     112             : #if BLCKSZ < 1024 || BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     113             : #error BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     114             : #endif
     115             : #if XLOG_BLCKSZ < 1024 || XLOG_BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     116             : #error XLOG_BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     117             : #endif
     118             : 
     119             : static const char *const memory_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"B\", \"kB\", \"MB\", \"GB\", and \"TB\".");
     120             : 
     121             : static const unit_conversion memory_unit_conversion_table[] =
     122             : {
     123             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     124             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     125             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     126             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0},
     127             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1.0},
     128             : 
     129             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     130             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     131             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0},
     132             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0},
     133             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     134             : 
     135             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     136             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0},
     137             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0},
     138             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     139             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / (1024.0 * 1024.0)},
     140             : 
     141             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     142             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     143             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1024.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     144             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     145             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / BLCKSZ},
     146             : 
     147             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     148             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     149             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1024.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     150             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     151             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / XLOG_BLCKSZ},
     152             : 
     153             :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     154             : };
     155             : 
     156             : static const char *const time_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"us\", \"ms\", \"s\", \"min\", \"h\", and \"d\".");
     157             : 
     158             : static const unit_conversion time_unit_conversion_table[] =
     159             : {
     160             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24},
     161             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60},
     162             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60},
     163             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000},
     164             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1},
     165             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1.0 / 1000},
     166             : 
     167             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60 * 24},
     168             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60},
     169             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_S, 60},
     170             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_S, 1},
     171             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / 1000},
     172             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000)},
     173             : 
     174             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60 * 24},
     175             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60},
     176             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1},
     177             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / 60},
     178             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 60)},
     179             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000 * 60)},
     180             : 
     181             :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     182             : };
     183             : 
     184             : /*
     185             :  * To allow continued support of obsolete names for GUC variables, we apply
     186             :  * the following mappings to any unrecognized name.  Note that an old name
     187             :  * should be mapped to a new one only if the new variable has very similar
     188             :  * semantics to the old.
     189             :  */
     190             : static const char *const map_old_guc_names[] = {
     191             :     "sort_mem", "work_mem",
     192             :     "vacuum_mem", "maintenance_work_mem",
     193             :     "ssl_ecdh_curve", "ssl_groups",
     194             :     NULL
     195             : };
     196             : 
     197             : 
     198             : /* Memory context holding all GUC-related data */
     199             : static MemoryContext GUCMemoryContext;
     200             : 
     201             : /*
     202             :  * We use a dynahash table to look up GUCs by name, or to iterate through
     203             :  * all the GUCs.  The gucname field is redundant with gucvar->name, but
     204             :  * dynahash makes it too painful to not store the hash key separately.
     205             :  */
     206             : typedef struct
     207             : {
     208             :     const char *gucname;        /* hash key */
     209             :     struct config_generic *gucvar;  /* -> GUC's defining structure */
     210             : } GUCHashEntry;
     211             : 
     212             : static HTAB *guc_hashtab;       /* entries are GUCHashEntrys */
     213             : 
     214             : /*
     215             :  * In addition to the hash table, variables having certain properties are
     216             :  * linked into these lists, so that we can find them without scanning the
     217             :  * whole hash table.  In most applications, only a small fraction of the
     218             :  * GUCs appear in these lists at any given time.  The usage of the stack
     219             :  * and report lists is stylized enough that they can be slists, but the
     220             :  * nondef list has to be a dlist to avoid O(N) deletes in common cases.
     221             :  */
     222             : static dlist_head guc_nondef_list;  /* list of variables that have source
     223             :                                      * different from PGC_S_DEFAULT */
     224             : static slist_head guc_stack_list;   /* list of variables that have non-NULL
     225             :                                      * stack */
     226             : static slist_head guc_report_list;  /* list of variables that have the
     227             :                                      * GUC_NEEDS_REPORT bit set in status */
     228             : 
     229             : static bool reporting_enabled;  /* true to enable GUC_REPORT */
     230             : 
     231             : static int  GUCNestLevel = 0;   /* 1 when in main transaction */
     232             : 
     233             : 
     234             : static int  guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b);
     235             : static uint32 guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize);
     236             : static int  guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize);
     237             : static void InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void);
     238             : static void InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf);
     239             : static void RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf);
     240             : static void set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource);
     241             : static void pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void);
     242             : static void push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action);
     243             : static void ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record);
     244             : static void set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile,
     245             :                                   int sourceline);
     246             : static void reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
     247             :                                    struct config_string *pHolder,
     248             :                                    GucStack *stack,
     249             :                                    const char *curvalue,
     250             :                                    GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
     251             :                                    Oid cursrole);
     252             : static bool validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
     253             :                                        bool skipIfNoPermissions);
     254             : static void write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head);
     255             : static void replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
     256             :                                       const char *name, const char *value);
     257             : static bool valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name);
     258             : static bool assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors,
     259             :                                             int elevel);
     260             : static void do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
     261             :                          const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(3, 4);
     262             : static bool call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool *conf, bool *newval,
     263             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     264             : static bool call_int_check_hook(struct config_int *conf, int *newval,
     265             :                                 void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     266             : static bool call_real_check_hook(struct config_real *conf, double *newval,
     267             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     268             : static bool call_string_check_hook(struct config_string *conf, char **newval,
     269             :                                    void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     270             : static bool call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum *conf, int *newval,
     271             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     272             : 
     273             : 
     274             : /*
     275             :  * This function handles both actual config file (re)loads and execution of
     276             :  * show_all_file_settings() (i.e., the pg_file_settings view).  In the latter
     277             :  * case we don't apply any of the settings, but we make all the usual validity
     278             :  * checks, and we return the ConfigVariable list so that it can be printed out
     279             :  * by show_all_file_settings().
     280             :  */
     281             : ConfigVariable *
     282        4664 : ProcessConfigFileInternal(GucContext context, bool applySettings, int elevel)
     283             : {
     284        4664 :     bool        error = false;
     285        4664 :     bool        applying = false;
     286             :     const char *ConfFileWithError;
     287             :     ConfigVariable *item,
     288             :                *head,
     289             :                *tail;
     290             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     291             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     292             : 
     293             :     /* Parse the main config file into a list of option names and values */
     294        4664 :     ConfFileWithError = ConfigFileName;
     295        4664 :     head = tail = NULL;
     296             : 
     297        4664 :     if (!ParseConfigFile(ConfigFileName, true,
     298             :                          NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     299             :                          &head, &tail))
     300             :     {
     301             :         /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     302          16 :         error = true;
     303          16 :         goto bail_out;
     304             :     }
     305             : 
     306             :     /*
     307             :      * Parse the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, if present, after the main file to
     308             :      * replace any parameters set by ALTER SYSTEM command.  Because this file
     309             :      * is in the data directory, we can't read it until the DataDir has been
     310             :      * set.
     311             :      */
     312        4648 :     if (DataDir)
     313             :     {
     314        2730 :         if (!ParseConfigFile(PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME, false,
     315             :                              NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     316             :                              &head, &tail))
     317             :         {
     318             :             /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     319           0 :             error = true;
     320           0 :             ConfFileWithError = PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME;
     321           0 :             goto bail_out;
     322             :         }
     323             :     }
     324             :     else
     325             :     {
     326             :         /*
     327             :          * If DataDir is not set, the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file cannot be
     328             :          * read.  In this case, we don't want to accept any settings but
     329             :          * data_directory from postgresql.conf, because they might be
     330             :          * overwritten with settings in the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file which
     331             :          * will be read later. OTOH, since data_directory isn't allowed in the
     332             :          * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, it will never be overwritten later.
     333             :          */
     334        1918 :         ConfigVariable *newlist = NULL;
     335             : 
     336             :         /*
     337             :          * Prune all items except the last "data_directory" from the list.
     338             :          */
     339       49874 :         for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     340             :         {
     341       47956 :             if (!item->ignore &&
     342       47956 :                 strcmp(item->name, "data_directory") == 0)
     343           0 :                 newlist = item;
     344             :         }
     345             : 
     346        1918 :         if (newlist)
     347           0 :             newlist->next = NULL;
     348        1918 :         head = tail = newlist;
     349             : 
     350             :         /*
     351             :          * Quick exit if data_directory is not present in file.
     352             :          *
     353             :          * We need not do any further processing, in particular we don't set
     354             :          * PgReloadTime; that will be set soon by subsequent full loading of
     355             :          * the config file.
     356             :          */
     357        1918 :         if (head == NULL)
     358        1918 :             goto bail_out;
     359             :     }
     360             : 
     361             :     /*
     362             :      * Mark all extant GUC variables as not present in the config file. We
     363             :      * need this so that we can tell below which ones have been removed from
     364             :      * the file since we last processed it.
     365             :      */
     366        2730 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     367     1062064 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     368             :     {
     369     1059334 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     370             : 
     371     1059334 :         gconf->status &= ~GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     372             :     }
     373             : 
     374             :     /*
     375             :      * Check if all the supplied option names are valid, as an additional
     376             :      * quasi-syntactic check on the validity of the config file.  It is
     377             :      * important that the postmaster and all backends agree on the results of
     378             :      * this phase, else we will have strange inconsistencies about which
     379             :      * processes accept a config file update and which don't.  Hence, unknown
     380             :      * custom variable names have to be accepted without complaint.  For the
     381             :      * same reason, we don't attempt to validate the options' values here.
     382             :      *
     383             :      * In addition, the GUC_IS_IN_FILE flag is set on each existing GUC
     384             :      * variable mentioned in the file; and we detect duplicate entries in the
     385             :      * file and mark the earlier occurrences as ignorable.
     386             :      */
     387       77950 :     for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     388             :     {
     389             :         struct config_generic *record;
     390             : 
     391             :         /* Ignore anything already marked as ignorable */
     392       75220 :         if (item->ignore)
     393           0 :             continue;
     394             : 
     395             :         /*
     396             :          * Try to find the variable; but do not create a custom placeholder if
     397             :          * it's not there already.
     398             :          */
     399       75220 :         record = find_option(item->name, false, true, elevel);
     400             : 
     401       75220 :         if (record)
     402             :         {
     403             :             /* If it's already marked, then this is a duplicate entry */
     404       75162 :             if (record->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE)
     405             :             {
     406             :                 /*
     407             :                  * Mark the earlier occurrence(s) as dead/ignorable.  We could
     408             :                  * avoid the O(N^2) behavior here with some additional state,
     409             :                  * but it seems unlikely to be worth the trouble.
     410             :                  */
     411             :                 ConfigVariable *pitem;
     412             : 
     413      234904 :                 for (pitem = head; pitem != item; pitem = pitem->next)
     414             :                 {
     415      227312 :                     if (!pitem->ignore &&
     416      204330 :                         strcmp(pitem->name, item->name) == 0)
     417        7592 :                         pitem->ignore = true;
     418             :                 }
     419             :             }
     420             :             /* Now mark it as present in file */
     421       75162 :             record->status |= GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     422             :         }
     423          58 :         else if (!valid_custom_variable_name(item->name))
     424             :         {
     425             :             /* Invalid non-custom variable, so complain */
     426           2 :             ereport(elevel,
     427             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
     428             :                      errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\" in file \"%s\" line %d",
     429             :                             item->name,
     430             :                             item->filename, item->sourceline)));
     431           2 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("unrecognized configuration parameter");
     432           2 :             error = true;
     433           2 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     434             :         }
     435             :     }
     436             : 
     437             :     /*
     438             :      * If we've detected any errors so far, we don't want to risk applying any
     439             :      * changes.
     440             :      */
     441        2730 :     if (error)
     442           2 :         goto bail_out;
     443             : 
     444             :     /* Otherwise, set flag that we're beginning to apply changes */
     445        2728 :     applying = true;
     446             : 
     447             :     /*
     448             :      * Check for variables having been removed from the config file, and
     449             :      * revert their reset values (and perhaps also effective values) to the
     450             :      * boot-time defaults.  If such a variable can't be changed after startup,
     451             :      * report that and continue.
     452             :      */
     453        2728 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     454     1061286 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     455             :     {
     456     1058558 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     457             :         GucStack   *stack;
     458             : 
     459     1058558 :         if (gconf->reset_source != PGC_S_FILE ||
     460       23094 :             (gconf->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE))
     461     1058556 :             continue;
     462           2 :         if (gconf->context < PGC_SIGHUP)
     463             :         {
     464             :             /* The removal can't be effective without a restart */
     465           0 :             gconf->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
     466           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     467             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
     468             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     469             :                             gconf->name)));
     470           0 :             record_config_file_error(psprintf("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     471             :                                               gconf->name),
     472             :                                      NULL, 0,
     473             :                                      &head, &tail);
     474           0 :             error = true;
     475           0 :             continue;
     476             :         }
     477             : 
     478             :         /* No more to do if we're just doing show_all_file_settings() */
     479           2 :         if (!applySettings)
     480           0 :             continue;
     481             : 
     482             :         /*
     483             :          * Reset any "file" sources to "default", else set_config_option will
     484             :          * not override those settings.
     485             :          */
     486           2 :         if (gconf->reset_source == PGC_S_FILE)
     487           2 :             gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     488           2 :         if (gconf->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     489           2 :             set_guc_source(gconf, PGC_S_DEFAULT);
     490           2 :         for (stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     491             :         {
     492           0 :             if (stack->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     493           0 :                 stack->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     494             :         }
     495             : 
     496             :         /* Now we can re-apply the wired-in default (i.e., the boot_val) */
     497           2 :         if (set_config_option(gconf->name, NULL,
     498             :                               context, PGC_S_DEFAULT,
     499             :                               GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false) > 0)
     500             :         {
     501             :             /* Log the change if appropriate */
     502           2 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
     503           2 :                 ereport(elevel,
     504             :                         (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" removed from configuration file, reset to default",
     505             :                                 gconf->name)));
     506             :         }
     507             :     }
     508             : 
     509             :     /*
     510             :      * Restore any variables determined by environment variables or
     511             :      * dynamically-computed defaults.  This is a no-op except in the case
     512             :      * where one of these had been in the config file and is now removed.
     513             :      *
     514             :      * In particular, we *must not* do this during the postmaster's initial
     515             :      * loading of the file, since the timezone functions in particular should
     516             :      * be run only after initialization is complete.
     517             :      *
     518             :      * XXX this is an unmaintainable crock, because we have to know how to set
     519             :      * (or at least what to call to set) every non-PGC_INTERNAL variable that
     520             :      * could potentially have PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT or PGC_S_ENV_VAR source.
     521             :      */
     522        2728 :     if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings)
     523             :     {
     524         806 :         InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
     525         806 :         pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
     526             :         /* this selects SQL_ASCII in processes not connected to a database */
     527         806 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", GetDatabaseEncodingName(),
     528             :                         PGC_BACKEND, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
     529             :     }
     530             : 
     531             :     /*
     532             :      * Now apply the values from the config file.
     533             :      */
     534       77918 :     for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     535             :     {
     536       75192 :         char       *pre_value = NULL;
     537             :         int         scres;
     538             : 
     539             :         /* Ignore anything marked as ignorable */
     540       75192 :         if (item->ignore)
     541        7592 :             continue;
     542             : 
     543             :         /* In SIGHUP cases in the postmaster, we want to report changes */
     544       67600 :         if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings && !IsUnderPostmaster)
     545             :         {
     546        6924 :             const char *preval = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     547             : 
     548             :             /* If option doesn't exist yet or is NULL, treat as empty string */
     549        6924 :             if (!preval)
     550           2 :                 preval = "";
     551             :             /* must dup, else might have dangling pointer below */
     552        6924 :             pre_value = pstrdup(preval);
     553             :         }
     554             : 
     555       67600 :         scres = set_config_option(item->name, item->value,
     556             :                                   context, PGC_S_FILE,
     557             :                                   GUC_ACTION_SET, applySettings, 0, false);
     558       67598 :         if (scres > 0)
     559             :         {
     560             :             /* variable was updated, so log the change if appropriate */
     561       59102 :             if (pre_value)
     562             :             {
     563        4536 :                 const char *post_value = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     564             : 
     565        4536 :                 if (!post_value)
     566           0 :                     post_value = "";
     567        4536 :                 if (strcmp(pre_value, post_value) != 0)
     568         180 :                     ereport(elevel,
     569             :                             (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" changed to \"%s\"",
     570             :                                     item->name, item->value)));
     571             :             }
     572       59102 :             item->applied = true;
     573             :         }
     574        8496 :         else if (scres == 0)
     575             :         {
     576           0 :             error = true;
     577           0 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("setting could not be applied");
     578           0 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     579             :         }
     580             :         else
     581             :         {
     582             :             /* no error, but variable's active value was not changed */
     583        8496 :             item->applied = true;
     584             :         }
     585             : 
     586             :         /*
     587             :          * We should update source location unless there was an error, since
     588             :          * even if the active value didn't change, the reset value might have.
     589             :          * (In the postmaster, there won't be a difference, but it does matter
     590             :          * in backends.)
     591             :          */
     592       67598 :         if (scres != 0 && applySettings)
     593       67444 :             set_config_sourcefile(item->name, item->filename,
     594             :                                   item->sourceline);
     595             : 
     596       67598 :         if (pre_value)
     597        6924 :             pfree(pre_value);
     598             :     }
     599             : 
     600             :     /* Remember when we last successfully loaded the config file. */
     601        2726 :     if (applySettings)
     602        2720 :         PgReloadTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
     603             : 
     604           6 : bail_out:
     605        4662 :     if (error && applySettings)
     606             :     {
     607             :         /* During postmaster startup, any error is fatal */
     608          18 :         if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER)
     609           2 :             ereport(ERROR,
     610             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     611             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors",
     612             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     613          16 :         else if (applying)
     614           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     615             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     616             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; unaffected changes were applied",
     617             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     618             :         else
     619          16 :             ereport(elevel,
     620             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     621             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; no changes were applied",
     622             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     623             :     }
     624             : 
     625             :     /* Successful or otherwise, return the collected data list */
     626        4660 :     return head;
     627             : }
     628             : 
     629             : 
     630             : /*
     631             :  * Some infrastructure for GUC-related memory allocation
     632             :  *
     633             :  * These functions are generally modeled on libc's malloc/realloc/etc,
     634             :  * but any OOM issue is reported at the specified elevel.
     635             :  * (Thus, control returns only if that's less than ERROR.)
     636             :  */
     637             : void *
     638     1473962 : guc_malloc(int elevel, size_t size)
     639             : {
     640             :     void       *data;
     641             : 
     642     1473962 :     data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     643             :                                       MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     644     1473962 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     645           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     646             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     647             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     648     1473962 :     return data;
     649             : }
     650             : 
     651             : void *
     652           0 : guc_realloc(int elevel, void *old, size_t size)
     653             : {
     654             :     void       *data;
     655             : 
     656           0 :     if (old != NULL)
     657             :     {
     658             :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     659             :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(old) == GUCMemoryContext);
     660           0 :         data = repalloc_extended(old, size,
     661             :                                  MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     662             :     }
     663             :     else
     664             :     {
     665             :         /* Like realloc(3), but not like repalloc(), we allow old == NULL. */
     666           0 :         data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     667             :                                           MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     668             :     }
     669           0 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     670           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     671             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     672             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     673           0 :     return data;
     674             : }
     675             : 
     676             : char *
     677     1238132 : guc_strdup(int elevel, const char *src)
     678             : {
     679             :     char       *data;
     680     1238132 :     size_t      len = strlen(src) + 1;
     681             : 
     682     1238132 :     data = guc_malloc(elevel, len);
     683     1238132 :     if (likely(data != NULL))
     684     1238132 :         memcpy(data, src, len);
     685     1238132 :     return data;
     686             : }
     687             : 
     688             : void
     689     1344974 : guc_free(void *ptr)
     690             : {
     691             :     /*
     692             :      * Historically, GUC-related code has relied heavily on the ability to do
     693             :      * free(NULL), so we allow that here even though pfree() doesn't.
     694             :      */
     695     1344974 :     if (ptr != NULL)
     696             :     {
     697             :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     698             :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(ptr) == GUCMemoryContext);
     699      742942 :         pfree(ptr);
     700             :     }
     701     1344974 : }
     702             : 
     703             : 
     704             : /*
     705             :  * Detect whether strval is referenced anywhere in a GUC string item
     706             :  */
     707             : static bool
     708     1713862 : string_field_used(struct config_string *conf, char *strval)
     709             : {
     710             :     GucStack   *stack;
     711             : 
     712     1713862 :     if (strval == *(conf->variable) ||
     713      954856 :         strval == conf->reset_val ||
     714      550382 :         strval == conf->boot_val)
     715     1163480 :         return true;
     716      831282 :     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     717             :     {
     718      361066 :         if (strval == stack->prior.val.stringval ||
     719      280906 :             strval == stack->masked.val.stringval)
     720       80166 :             return true;
     721             :     }
     722      470216 :     return false;
     723             : }
     724             : 
     725             : /*
     726             :  * Support for assigning to a field of a string GUC item.  Free the prior
     727             :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     728             :  * states).
     729             :  */
     730             : static void
     731     1774458 : set_string_field(struct config_string *conf, char **field, char *newval)
     732             : {
     733     1774458 :     char       *oldval = *field;
     734             : 
     735             :     /* Do the assignment */
     736     1774458 :     *field = newval;
     737             : 
     738             :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     739     1774458 :     if (oldval && !string_field_used(conf, oldval))
     740      467154 :         guc_free(oldval);
     741     1774458 : }
     742             : 
     743             : /*
     744             :  * Detect whether an "extra" struct is referenced anywhere in a GUC item
     745             :  */
     746             : static bool
     747      383800 : extra_field_used(struct config_generic *gconf, void *extra)
     748             : {
     749             :     GucStack   *stack;
     750             : 
     751      383800 :     if (extra == gconf->extra)
     752      155990 :         return true;
     753      227810 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     754             :     {
     755           0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     756           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_bool *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     757           0 :                 return true;
     758           0 :             break;
     759           0 :         case PGC_INT:
     760           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_int *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     761           0 :                 return true;
     762           0 :             break;
     763           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
     764           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_real *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     765           0 :                 return true;
     766           0 :             break;
     767      227810 :         case PGC_STRING:
     768      227810 :             if (extra == ((struct config_string *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     769      111788 :                 return true;
     770      116022 :             break;
     771           0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     772           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_enum *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     773           0 :                 return true;
     774           0 :             break;
     775             :     }
     776      130234 :     for (stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     777             :     {
     778       19946 :         if (extra == stack->prior.extra ||
     779       14218 :             extra == stack->masked.extra)
     780        5734 :             return true;
     781             :     }
     782             : 
     783      110288 :     return false;
     784             : }
     785             : 
     786             : /*
     787             :  * Support for assigning to an "extra" field of a GUC item.  Free the prior
     788             :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     789             :  * states).
     790             :  */
     791             : static void
     792     2443068 : set_extra_field(struct config_generic *gconf, void **field, void *newval)
     793             : {
     794     2443068 :     void       *oldval = *field;
     795             : 
     796             :     /* Do the assignment */
     797     2443068 :     *field = newval;
     798             : 
     799             :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     800     2443068 :     if (oldval && !extra_field_used(gconf, oldval))
     801      109834 :         guc_free(oldval);
     802     2443068 : }
     803             : 
     804             : /*
     805             :  * Support for copying a variable's active value into a stack entry.
     806             :  * The "extra" field associated with the active value is copied, too.
     807             :  *
     808             :  * NB: be sure stringval and extra fields of a new stack entry are
     809             :  * initialized to NULL before this is used, else we'll try to guc_free() them.
     810             :  */
     811             : static void
     812      320758 : set_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     813             : {
     814      320758 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     815             :     {
     816       16540 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     817       16540 :             val->val.boolval =
     818       16540 :                 *((struct config_bool *) gconf)->variable;
     819       16540 :             break;
     820       19940 :         case PGC_INT:
     821       19940 :             val->val.intval =
     822       19940 :                 *((struct config_int *) gconf)->variable;
     823       19940 :             break;
     824        8126 :         case PGC_REAL:
     825        8126 :             val->val.realval =
     826        8126 :                 *((struct config_real *) gconf)->variable;
     827        8126 :             break;
     828      257336 :         case PGC_STRING:
     829      257336 :             set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
     830             :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     831      257336 :                              *((struct config_string *) gconf)->variable);
     832      257336 :             break;
     833       18816 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     834       18816 :             val->val.enumval =
     835       18816 :                 *((struct config_enum *) gconf)->variable;
     836       18816 :             break;
     837             :     }
     838      320758 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), gconf->extra);
     839      320758 : }
     840             : 
     841             : /*
     842             :  * Support for discarding a no-longer-needed value in a stack entry.
     843             :  * The "extra" field associated with the stack entry is cleared, too.
     844             :  */
     845             : static void
     846       49216 : discard_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     847             : {
     848       49216 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     849             :     {
     850       33482 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     851             :         case PGC_INT:
     852             :         case PGC_REAL:
     853             :         case PGC_ENUM:
     854             :             /* no need to do anything */
     855       33482 :             break;
     856       15734 :         case PGC_STRING:
     857       15734 :             set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
     858             :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     859             :                              NULL);
     860       15734 :             break;
     861             :     }
     862       49216 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), NULL);
     863       49216 : }
     864             : 
     865             : 
     866             : /*
     867             :  * Fetch a palloc'd, sorted array of GUC struct pointers
     868             :  *
     869             :  * The array length is returned into *num_vars.
     870             :  */
     871             : struct config_generic **
     872        3402 : get_guc_variables(int *num_vars)
     873             : {
     874             :     struct config_generic **result;
     875             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     876             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     877             :     int         i;
     878             : 
     879        3402 :     *num_vars = hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab);
     880        3402 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * *num_vars);
     881             : 
     882             :     /* Extract pointers from the hash table */
     883        3402 :     i = 0;
     884        3402 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     885     1338426 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     886     1335024 :         result[i++] = hentry->gucvar;
     887             :     Assert(i == *num_vars);
     888             : 
     889             :     /* Sort by name */
     890        3402 :     qsort(result, *num_vars,
     891             :           sizeof(struct config_generic *), guc_var_compare);
     892             : 
     893        3402 :     return result;
     894             : }
     895             : 
     896             : 
     897             : /*
     898             :  * Build the GUC hash table.  This is split out so that help_config.c can
     899             :  * extract all the variables without running all of InitializeGUCOptions.
     900             :  * It's not meant for use anyplace else.
     901             :  */
     902             : void
     903        1966 : build_guc_variables(void)
     904             : {
     905             :     int         size_vars;
     906        1966 :     int         num_vars = 0;
     907             :     HASHCTL     hash_ctl;
     908             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     909             :     bool        found;
     910             :     int         i;
     911             : 
     912             :     /*
     913             :      * Create the memory context that will hold all GUC-related data.
     914             :      */
     915             :     Assert(GUCMemoryContext == NULL);
     916        1966 :     GUCMemoryContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
     917             :                                              "GUCMemoryContext",
     918             :                                              ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
     919             : 
     920             :     /*
     921             :      * Count all the built-in variables, and set their vartypes correctly.
     922             :      */
     923      224124 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
     924             :     {
     925      222158 :         struct config_bool *conf = &ConfigureNamesBool[i];
     926             : 
     927             :         /* Rather than requiring vartype to be filled in by hand, do this: */
     928      222158 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_BOOL;
     929      222158 :         num_vars++;
     930             :     }
     931             : 
     932      277206 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
     933             :     {
     934      275240 :         struct config_int *conf = &ConfigureNamesInt[i];
     935             : 
     936      275240 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_INT;
     937      275240 :         num_vars++;
     938             :     }
     939             : 
     940       51116 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
     941             :     {
     942       49150 :         struct config_real *conf = &ConfigureNamesReal[i];
     943             : 
     944       49150 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_REAL;
     945       49150 :         num_vars++;
     946             :     }
     947             : 
     948      143518 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
     949             :     {
     950      141552 :         struct config_string *conf = &ConfigureNamesString[i];
     951             : 
     952      141552 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_STRING;
     953      141552 :         num_vars++;
     954             :     }
     955             : 
     956       76674 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
     957             :     {
     958       74708 :         struct config_enum *conf = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i];
     959             : 
     960       74708 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_ENUM;
     961       74708 :         num_vars++;
     962             :     }
     963             : 
     964             :     /*
     965             :      * Create hash table with 20% slack
     966             :      */
     967        1966 :     size_vars = num_vars + num_vars / 4;
     968             : 
     969        1966 :     hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(char *);
     970        1966 :     hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(GUCHashEntry);
     971        1966 :     hash_ctl.hash = guc_name_hash;
     972        1966 :     hash_ctl.match = guc_name_match;
     973        1966 :     hash_ctl.hcxt = GUCMemoryContext;
     974        1966 :     guc_hashtab = hash_create("GUC hash table",
     975             :                               size_vars,
     976             :                               &hash_ctl,
     977             :                               HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_COMPARE | HASH_CONTEXT);
     978             : 
     979      224124 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
     980             :     {
     981      222158 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen;
     982             : 
     983      222158 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     984      222158 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     985             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     986             :                                               &found);
     987             :         Assert(!found);
     988      222158 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
     989             :     }
     990             : 
     991      277206 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
     992             :     {
     993      275240 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen;
     994             : 
     995      275240 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     996      275240 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     997             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     998             :                                               &found);
     999             :         Assert(!found);
    1000      275240 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1001             :     }
    1002             : 
    1003       51116 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
    1004             :     {
    1005       49150 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen;
    1006             : 
    1007       49150 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1008       49150 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1009             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1010             :                                               &found);
    1011             :         Assert(!found);
    1012       49150 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1013             :     }
    1014             : 
    1015      143518 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
    1016             :     {
    1017      141552 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesString[i].gen;
    1018             : 
    1019      141552 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1020      141552 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1021             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1022             :                                               &found);
    1023             :         Assert(!found);
    1024      141552 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1025             :     }
    1026             : 
    1027       76674 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
    1028             :     {
    1029       74708 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen;
    1030             : 
    1031       74708 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1032       74708 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1033             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1034             :                                               &found);
    1035             :         Assert(!found);
    1036       74708 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1037             :     }
    1038             : 
    1039             :     Assert(num_vars == hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    1040        1966 : }
    1041             : 
    1042             : /*
    1043             :  * Add a new GUC variable to the hash of known variables. The
    1044             :  * hash is expanded if needed.
    1045             :  */
    1046             : static bool
    1047       18194 : add_guc_variable(struct config_generic *var, int elevel)
    1048             : {
    1049             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1050             :     bool        found;
    1051             : 
    1052       18194 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1053       18194 :                                           &var->name,
    1054             :                                           HASH_ENTER_NULL,
    1055             :                                           &found);
    1056       18194 :     if (unlikely(hentry == NULL))
    1057             :     {
    1058           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    1059             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    1060             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
    1061           0 :         return false;           /* out of memory */
    1062             :     }
    1063             :     Assert(!found);
    1064       18194 :     hentry->gucvar = var;
    1065       18194 :     return true;
    1066             : }
    1067             : 
    1068             : /*
    1069             :  * Decide whether a proposed custom variable name is allowed.
    1070             :  *
    1071             :  * It must be two or more identifiers separated by dots, where the rules
    1072             :  * for what is an identifier agree with scan.l.  (If you change this rule,
    1073             :  * adjust the errdetail in assignable_custom_variable_name().)
    1074             :  */
    1075             : static bool
    1076         198 : valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name)
    1077             : {
    1078         198 :     bool        saw_sep = false;
    1079         198 :     bool        name_start = true;
    1080             : 
    1081        4048 :     for (const char *p = name; *p; p++)
    1082             :     {
    1083        3862 :         if (*p == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    1084             :         {
    1085         208 :             if (name_start)
    1086           0 :                 return false;   /* empty name component */
    1087         208 :             saw_sep = true;
    1088         208 :             name_start = true;
    1089             :         }
    1090        3654 :         else if (strchr("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    1091        3654 :                         "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_", *p) != NULL ||
    1092          16 :                  IS_HIGHBIT_SET(*p))
    1093             :         {
    1094             :             /* okay as first or non-first character */
    1095        3638 :             name_start = false;
    1096             :         }
    1097          16 :         else if (!name_start && strchr("0123456789$", *p) != NULL)
    1098             :              /* okay as non-first character */ ;
    1099             :         else
    1100          12 :             return false;
    1101             :     }
    1102         186 :     if (name_start)
    1103           0 :         return false;           /* empty name component */
    1104             :     /* OK if we found at least one separator */
    1105         186 :     return saw_sep;
    1106             : }
    1107             : 
    1108             : /*
    1109             :  * Decide whether an unrecognized variable name is allowed to be SET.
    1110             :  *
    1111             :  * It must pass the syntactic rules of valid_custom_variable_name(),
    1112             :  * and it must not be in any namespace already reserved by an extension.
    1113             :  * (We make this separate from valid_custom_variable_name() because we don't
    1114             :  * apply the reserved-namespace test when reading configuration files.)
    1115             :  *
    1116             :  * If valid, return true.  Otherwise, return false if skip_errors is true,
    1117             :  * else throw a suitable error at the specified elevel (and return false
    1118             :  * if that's less than ERROR).
    1119             :  */
    1120             : static bool
    1121         196 : assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors, int elevel)
    1122             : {
    1123             :     /* If there's no separator, it can't be a custom variable */
    1124         196 :     const char *sep = strchr(name, GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR);
    1125             : 
    1126         196 :     if (sep != NULL)
    1127             :     {
    1128         140 :         size_t      classLen = sep - name;
    1129             :         ListCell   *lc;
    1130             : 
    1131             :         /* The name must be syntactically acceptable ... */
    1132         140 :         if (!valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    1133             :         {
    1134          12 :             if (!skip_errors)
    1135          12 :                 ereport(elevel,
    1136             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1137             :                          errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1138             :                                 name),
    1139             :                          errdetail("Custom parameter names must be two or more simple identifiers separated by dots.")));
    1140           0 :             return false;
    1141             :         }
    1142             :         /* ... and it must not match any previously-reserved prefix */
    1143         148 :         foreach(lc, reserved_class_prefix)
    1144             :         {
    1145          26 :             const char *rcprefix = lfirst(lc);
    1146             : 
    1147          26 :             if (strlen(rcprefix) == classLen &&
    1148           6 :                 strncmp(name, rcprefix, classLen) == 0)
    1149             :             {
    1150           6 :                 if (!skip_errors)
    1151           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    1152             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1153             :                              errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1154             :                                     name),
    1155             :                              errdetail("\"%s\" is a reserved prefix.",
    1156             :                                        rcprefix)));
    1157           0 :                 return false;
    1158             :             }
    1159             :         }
    1160             :         /* OK to create it */
    1161         122 :         return true;
    1162             :     }
    1163             : 
    1164             :     /* Unrecognized single-part name */
    1165          56 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1166          56 :         ereport(elevel,
    1167             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1168             :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1169             :                         name)));
    1170           0 :     return false;
    1171             : }
    1172             : 
    1173             : /*
    1174             :  * Create and add a placeholder variable for a custom variable name.
    1175             :  */
    1176             : static struct config_generic *
    1177         108 : add_placeholder_variable(const char *name, int elevel)
    1178             : {
    1179         108 :     size_t      sz = sizeof(struct config_string) + sizeof(char *);
    1180             :     struct config_string *var;
    1181             :     struct config_generic *gen;
    1182             : 
    1183         108 :     var = (struct config_string *) guc_malloc(elevel, sz);
    1184         108 :     if (var == NULL)
    1185           0 :         return NULL;
    1186         108 :     memset(var, 0, sz);
    1187         108 :     gen = &var->gen;
    1188             : 
    1189         108 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(elevel, name);
    1190         108 :     if (gen->name == NULL)
    1191             :     {
    1192           0 :         guc_free(var);
    1193           0 :         return NULL;
    1194             :     }
    1195             : 
    1196         108 :     gen->context = PGC_USERSET;
    1197         108 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    1198         108 :     gen->short_desc = "GUC placeholder variable";
    1199         108 :     gen->flags = GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER;
    1200         108 :     gen->vartype = PGC_STRING;
    1201             : 
    1202             :     /*
    1203             :      * The char* is allocated at the end of the struct since we have no
    1204             :      * 'static' place to point to.  Note that the current value, as well as
    1205             :      * the boot and reset values, start out NULL.
    1206             :      */
    1207         108 :     var->variable = (char **) (var + 1);
    1208             : 
    1209         108 :     if (!add_guc_variable((struct config_generic *) var, elevel))
    1210             :     {
    1211           0 :         guc_free(unconstify(char *, gen->name));
    1212           0 :         guc_free(var);
    1213           0 :         return NULL;
    1214             :     }
    1215             : 
    1216         108 :     return gen;
    1217             : }
    1218             : 
    1219             : /*
    1220             :  * Look up option "name".  If it exists, return a pointer to its record.
    1221             :  * Otherwise, if create_placeholders is true and name is a valid-looking
    1222             :  * custom variable name, we'll create and return a placeholder record.
    1223             :  * Otherwise, if skip_errors is true, then we silently return NULL for
    1224             :  * an unrecognized or invalid name.  Otherwise, the error is reported at
    1225             :  * error level elevel (and we return NULL if that's less than ERROR).
    1226             :  *
    1227             :  * Note: internal errors, primarily out-of-memory, draw an elevel-level
    1228             :  * report and NULL return regardless of skip_errors.  Hence, callers must
    1229             :  * handle a NULL return whenever elevel < ERROR, but they should not need
    1230             :  * to emit any additional error message.  (In practice, internal errors
    1231             :  * can only happen when create_placeholders is true, so callers passing
    1232             :  * false need not think terribly hard about this.)
    1233             :  */
    1234             : struct config_generic *
    1235     1065180 : find_option(const char *name, bool create_placeholders, bool skip_errors,
    1236             :             int elevel)
    1237             : {
    1238             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1239             :     int         i;
    1240             : 
    1241             :     Assert(name);
    1242             : 
    1243             :     /* Look it up using the hash table. */
    1244     1065180 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1245             :                                           &name,
    1246             :                                           HASH_FIND,
    1247             :                                           NULL);
    1248     1065180 :     if (hentry)
    1249     1064812 :         return hentry->gucvar;
    1250             : 
    1251             :     /*
    1252             :      * See if the name is an obsolete name for a variable.  We assume that the
    1253             :      * set of supported old names is short enough that a brute-force search is
    1254             :      * the best way.
    1255             :      */
    1256        1472 :     for (i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1257             :     {
    1258        1104 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1259           0 :             return find_option(map_old_guc_names[i + 1], false,
    1260             :                                skip_errors, elevel);
    1261             :     }
    1262             : 
    1263         368 :     if (create_placeholders)
    1264             :     {
    1265             :         /*
    1266             :          * Check if the name is valid, and if so, add a placeholder.
    1267             :          */
    1268         180 :         if (assignable_custom_variable_name(name, skip_errors, elevel))
    1269         108 :             return add_placeholder_variable(name, elevel);
    1270             :         else
    1271           0 :             return NULL;        /* error message, if any, already emitted */
    1272             :     }
    1273             : 
    1274             :     /* Unknown name and we're not supposed to make a placeholder */
    1275         188 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1276          38 :         ereport(elevel,
    1277             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1278             :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1279             :                         name)));
    1280         150 :     return NULL;
    1281             : }
    1282             : 
    1283             : 
    1284             : /*
    1285             :  * comparator for qsorting an array of GUC pointers
    1286             :  */
    1287             : static int
    1288    11817078 : guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    1289             : {
    1290    11817078 :     const char *namea = **(const char **const *) a;
    1291    11817078 :     const char *nameb = **(const char **const *) b;
    1292             : 
    1293    11817078 :     return guc_name_compare(namea, nameb);
    1294             : }
    1295             : 
    1296             : /*
    1297             :  * the bare comparison function for GUC names
    1298             :  */
    1299             : int
    1300    13321490 : guc_name_compare(const char *namea, const char *nameb)
    1301             : {
    1302             :     /*
    1303             :      * The temptation to use strcasecmp() here must be resisted, because the
    1304             :      * hash mapping has to remain stable across setlocale() calls. So, build
    1305             :      * our own with a simple ASCII-only downcasing.
    1306             :      */
    1307    54292014 :     while (*namea && *nameb)
    1308             :     {
    1309    53083612 :         char        cha = *namea++;
    1310    53083612 :         char        chb = *nameb++;
    1311             : 
    1312    53083612 :         if (cha >= 'A' && cha <= 'Z')
    1313      229966 :             cha += 'a' - 'A';
    1314    53083612 :         if (chb >= 'A' && chb <= 'Z')
    1315       51124 :             chb += 'a' - 'A';
    1316    53083612 :         if (cha != chb)
    1317    12113088 :             return cha - chb;
    1318             :     }
    1319     1208402 :     if (*namea)
    1320       73682 :         return 1;               /* a is longer */
    1321     1134720 :     if (*nameb)
    1322       69620 :         return -1;              /* b is longer */
    1323     1065100 :     return 0;
    1324             : }
    1325             : 
    1326             : /*
    1327             :  * Hash function that's compatible with guc_name_compare
    1328             :  */
    1329             : static uint32
    1330     1864378 : guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
    1331             : {
    1332     1864378 :     uint32      result = 0;
    1333     1864378 :     const char *name = *(const char *const *) key;
    1334             : 
    1335    32031500 :     while (*name)
    1336             :     {
    1337    30167122 :         char        ch = *name++;
    1338             : 
    1339             :         /* Case-fold in the same way as guc_name_compare */
    1340    30167122 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1341       39504 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1342             : 
    1343             :         /* Merge into hash ... not very bright, but it needn't be */
    1344    30167122 :         result = pg_rotate_left32(result, 5);
    1345    30167122 :         result ^= (uint32) ch;
    1346             :     }
    1347     1864378 :     return result;
    1348             : }
    1349             : 
    1350             : /*
    1351             :  * Dynahash match function to use in guc_hashtab
    1352             :  */
    1353             : static int
    1354     1064922 : guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize)
    1355             : {
    1356     1064922 :     const char *name1 = *(const char *const *) key1;
    1357     1064922 :     const char *name2 = *(const char *const *) key2;
    1358             : 
    1359     1064922 :     return guc_name_compare(name1, name2);
    1360             : }
    1361             : 
    1362             : 
    1363             : /*
    1364             :  * Convert a GUC name to the form that should be used in pg_parameter_acl.
    1365             :  *
    1366             :  * We need to canonicalize entries since, for example, case should not be
    1367             :  * significant.  In addition, we apply the map_old_guc_names[] mapping so that
    1368             :  * any obsolete names will be converted when stored in a new PG version.
    1369             :  * Note however that this function does not verify legality of the name.
    1370             :  *
    1371             :  * The result is a palloc'd string.
    1372             :  */
    1373             : char *
    1374         352 : convert_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1375             : {
    1376             :     char       *result;
    1377             : 
    1378             :     /* Apply old-GUC-name mapping. */
    1379        1408 :     for (int i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1380             :     {
    1381        1056 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1382             :         {
    1383           0 :             name = map_old_guc_names[i + 1];
    1384           0 :             break;
    1385             :         }
    1386             :     }
    1387             : 
    1388             :     /* Apply case-folding that matches guc_name_compare(). */
    1389         352 :     result = pstrdup(name);
    1390        5728 :     for (char *ptr = result; *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    1391             :     {
    1392        5376 :         char        ch = *ptr;
    1393             : 
    1394        5376 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1395             :         {
    1396          12 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1397          12 :             *ptr = ch;
    1398             :         }
    1399             :     }
    1400             : 
    1401         352 :     return result;
    1402             : }
    1403             : 
    1404             : /*
    1405             :  * Check whether we should allow creation of a pg_parameter_acl entry
    1406             :  * for the given name.  (This can be applied either before or after
    1407             :  * canonicalizing it.)  Throws error if not.
    1408             :  */
    1409             : void
    1410          68 : check_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1411             : {
    1412             :     /* OK if the GUC exists. */
    1413          68 :     if (find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5) != NULL)
    1414          54 :         return;
    1415             :     /* Otherwise, it'd better be a valid custom GUC name. */
    1416          14 :     (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    1417             : }
    1418             : 
    1419             : /*
    1420             :  * Routine in charge of checking various states of a GUC.
    1421             :  *
    1422             :  * This performs two sanity checks.  First, it checks that the initial
    1423             :  * value of a GUC is the same when declared and when loaded to prevent
    1424             :  * anybody looking at the C declarations of these GUCs from being fooled by
    1425             :  * mismatched values.  Second, it checks for incorrect flag combinations.
    1426             :  *
    1427             :  * The following validation rules apply for the values:
    1428             :  * bool - can be false, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1429             :  * int  - can be 0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1430             :  * real - can be 0.0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1431             :  * string - can be NULL, otherwise must be strcmp equal to the boot_val
    1432             :  * enum - must be same as the boot_val
    1433             :  */
    1434             : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
    1435             : static bool
    1436             : check_GUC_init(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1437             : {
    1438             :     /* Checks on values */
    1439             :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1440             :     {
    1441             :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1442             :             {
    1443             :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    1444             : 
    1445             :                 if (*conf->variable && !conf->boot_val)
    1446             :                 {
    1447             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_BOOL) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1448             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1449             :                     return false;
    1450             :                 }
    1451             :                 break;
    1452             :             }
    1453             :         case PGC_INT:
    1454             :             {
    1455             :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    1456             : 
    1457             :                 if (*conf->variable != 0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1458             :                 {
    1459             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_INT) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1460             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1461             :                     return false;
    1462             :                 }
    1463             :                 break;
    1464             :             }
    1465             :         case PGC_REAL:
    1466             :             {
    1467             :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    1468             : 
    1469             :                 if (*conf->variable != 0.0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1470             :                 {
    1471             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_REAL) %s, boot_val=%g, C-var=%g",
    1472             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1473             :                     return false;
    1474             :                 }
    1475             :                 break;
    1476             :             }
    1477             :         case PGC_STRING:
    1478             :             {
    1479             :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    1480             : 
    1481             :                 if (*conf->variable != NULL &&
    1482             :                     (conf->boot_val == NULL ||
    1483             :                      strcmp(*conf->variable, conf->boot_val) != 0))
    1484             :                 {
    1485             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_STRING) %s, boot_val=%s, C-var=%s",
    1486             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val ? conf->boot_val : "<null>", *conf->variable);
    1487             :                     return false;
    1488             :                 }
    1489             :                 break;
    1490             :             }
    1491             :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1492             :             {
    1493             :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    1494             : 
    1495             :                 if (*conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1496             :                 {
    1497             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_ENUM) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1498             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1499             :                     return false;
    1500             :                 }
    1501             :                 break;
    1502             :             }
    1503             :     }
    1504             : 
    1505             :     /* Flag combinations */
    1506             : 
    1507             :     /*
    1508             :      * GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL requires GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE, as a parameter not part of
    1509             :      * SHOW ALL should not be hidden in postgresql.conf.sample.
    1510             :      */
    1511             :     if ((gconf->flags & GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL) &&
    1512             :         !(gconf->flags & GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE))
    1513             :     {
    1514             :         elog(LOG, "GUC %s flags: NO_SHOW_ALL and !NOT_IN_SAMPLE",
    1515             :              gconf->name);
    1516             :         return false;
    1517             :     }
    1518             : 
    1519             :     return true;
    1520             : }
    1521             : #endif
    1522             : 
    1523             : /*
    1524             :  * Initialize GUC options during program startup.
    1525             :  *
    1526             :  * Note that we cannot read the config file yet, since we have not yet
    1527             :  * processed command-line switches.
    1528             :  */
    1529             : void
    1530        1966 : InitializeGUCOptions(void)
    1531             : {
    1532             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    1533             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1534             : 
    1535             :     /*
    1536             :      * Before log_line_prefix could possibly receive a nonempty setting, make
    1537             :      * sure that timezone processing is minimally alive (see elog.c).
    1538             :      */
    1539        1966 :     pg_timezone_initialize();
    1540             : 
    1541             :     /*
    1542             :      * Create GUCMemoryContext and build hash table of all GUC variables.
    1543             :      */
    1544        1966 :     build_guc_variables();
    1545             : 
    1546             :     /*
    1547             :      * Load all variables with their compiled-in defaults, and initialize
    1548             :      * status fields as needed.
    1549             :      */
    1550        1966 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    1551      764774 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    1552             :     {
    1553             :         /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    1554             :         Assert(check_GUC_init(hentry->gucvar));
    1555             : 
    1556      762808 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(hentry->gucvar);
    1557             :     }
    1558             : 
    1559        1966 :     reporting_enabled = false;
    1560             : 
    1561             :     /*
    1562             :      * Prevent any attempt to override the transaction modes from
    1563             :      * non-interactive sources.
    1564             :      */
    1565        1966 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_isolation", "read committed",
    1566             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1567        1966 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_read_only", "no",
    1568             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1569        1966 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_deferrable", "no",
    1570             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1571             : 
    1572             :     /*
    1573             :      * For historical reasons, some GUC parameters can receive defaults from
    1574             :      * environment variables.  Process those settings.
    1575             :      */
    1576        1966 :     InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
    1577        1966 : }
    1578             : 
    1579             : /*
    1580             :  * Assign any GUC values that can come from the server's environment.
    1581             :  *
    1582             :  * This is called from InitializeGUCOptions, and also from ProcessConfigFile
    1583             :  * to deal with the possibility that a setting has been removed from
    1584             :  * postgresql.conf and should now get a value from the environment.
    1585             :  * (The latter is a kludge that should probably go away someday; if so,
    1586             :  * fold this back into InitializeGUCOptions.)
    1587             :  */
    1588             : static void
    1589        2772 : InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void)
    1590             : {
    1591             :     char       *env;
    1592             :     long        stack_rlimit;
    1593             : 
    1594        2772 :     env = getenv("PGPORT");
    1595        2772 :     if (env != NULL)
    1596        2498 :         SetConfigOption("port", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1597             : 
    1598        2772 :     env = getenv("PGDATESTYLE");
    1599        2772 :     if (env != NULL)
    1600         206 :         SetConfigOption("datestyle", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1601             : 
    1602        2772 :     env = getenv("PGCLIENTENCODING");
    1603        2772 :     if (env != NULL)
    1604          30 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1605             : 
    1606             :     /*
    1607             :      * rlimit isn't exactly an "environment variable", but it behaves about
    1608             :      * the same.  If we can identify the platform stack depth rlimit, increase
    1609             :      * default stack depth setting up to whatever is safe (but at most 2MB).
    1610             :      * Report the value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT if it's 2MB, or as
    1611             :      * PGC_S_ENV_VAR if it's reflecting the rlimit limit.
    1612             :      */
    1613        2772 :     stack_rlimit = get_stack_depth_rlimit();
    1614        2772 :     if (stack_rlimit > 0)
    1615             :     {
    1616        2772 :         long        new_limit = (stack_rlimit - STACK_DEPTH_SLOP) / 1024L;
    1617             : 
    1618        2772 :         if (new_limit > 100)
    1619             :         {
    1620             :             GucSource   source;
    1621             :             char        limbuf[16];
    1622             : 
    1623        2772 :             if (new_limit < 2048)
    1624           0 :                 source = PGC_S_ENV_VAR;
    1625             :             else
    1626             :             {
    1627        2772 :                 new_limit = 2048;
    1628        2772 :                 source = PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT;
    1629             :             }
    1630        2772 :             snprintf(limbuf, sizeof(limbuf), "%ld", new_limit);
    1631        2772 :             SetConfigOption("max_stack_depth", limbuf,
    1632             :                             PGC_POSTMASTER, source);
    1633             :         }
    1634             :     }
    1635        2772 : }
    1636             : 
    1637             : /*
    1638             :  * Initialize one GUC option variable to its compiled-in default.
    1639             :  *
    1640             :  * Note: the reason for calling check_hooks is not that we think the boot_val
    1641             :  * might fail, but that the hooks might wish to compute an "extra" struct.
    1642             :  */
    1643             : static void
    1644      846906 : InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1645             : {
    1646      846906 :     gconf->status = 0;
    1647      846906 :     gconf->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1648      846906 :     gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1649      846906 :     gconf->scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1650      846906 :     gconf->reset_scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1651      846906 :     gconf->srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1652      846906 :     gconf->reset_srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1653      846906 :     gconf->stack = NULL;
    1654      846906 :     gconf->extra = NULL;
    1655      846906 :     gconf->last_reported = NULL;
    1656      846906 :     gconf->sourcefile = NULL;
    1657      846906 :     gconf->sourceline = 0;
    1658             : 
    1659      846906 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1660             :     {
    1661      243922 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1662             :             {
    1663      243922 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    1664      243922 :                 bool        newval = conf->boot_val;
    1665      243922 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1666             : 
    1667      243922 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1668             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1669           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1670             :                          conf->gen.name, (int) newval);
    1671      243922 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1672           0 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1673      243922 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1674      243922 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1675      243922 :                 break;
    1676             :             }
    1677      287994 :         case PGC_INT:
    1678             :             {
    1679      287994 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    1680      287994 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1681      287994 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1682             : 
    1683             :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1684             :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1685      287994 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1686             :                                          PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1687           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1688             :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1689      287994 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1690       21152 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1691      287994 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1692      287994 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1693      287994 :                 break;
    1694             :             }
    1695       49192 :         case PGC_REAL:
    1696             :             {
    1697       49192 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    1698       49192 :                 double      newval = conf->boot_val;
    1699       49192 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1700             : 
    1701             :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1702             :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1703       49192 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1704             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1705           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %g",
    1706             :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1707       49192 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1708        3932 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1709       49192 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1710       49192 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1711       49192 :                 break;
    1712             :             }
    1713      179464 :         case PGC_STRING:
    1714             :             {
    1715      179464 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    1716             :                 char       *newval;
    1717      179464 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1718             : 
    1719             :                 /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    1720      179464 :                 if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    1721      162790 :                     newval = guc_strdup(FATAL, conf->boot_val);
    1722             :                 else
    1723       16674 :                     newval = NULL;
    1724             : 
    1725      179464 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1726             :                                             PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1727           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to \"%s\"",
    1728             :                          conf->gen.name, newval ? newval : "");
    1729      179464 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1730       93964 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1731      179464 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1732      179464 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1733      179464 :                 break;
    1734             :             }
    1735       86334 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1736             :             {
    1737       86334 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    1738       86334 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1739       86334 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1740             : 
    1741       86334 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1742             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1743           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1744             :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1745       86334 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1746       11796 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1747       86334 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1748       86334 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1749       86334 :                 break;
    1750             :             }
    1751             :     }
    1752      846906 : }
    1753             : 
    1754             : /*
    1755             :  * Summarily remove a GUC variable from any linked lists it's in.
    1756             :  *
    1757             :  * We use this in cases where the variable is about to be deleted or reset.
    1758             :  * These aren't common operations, so it's okay if this is a bit slow.
    1759             :  */
    1760             : static void
    1761       66018 : RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1762             : {
    1763       66018 :     if (gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1764       66018 :         dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    1765       66018 :     if (gconf->stack != NULL)
    1766           0 :         slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    1767       66018 :     if (gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT)
    1768        8136 :         slist_delete(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    1769       66018 : }
    1770             : 
    1771             : 
    1772             : /*
    1773             :  * Select the configuration files and data directory to be used, and
    1774             :  * do the initial read of postgresql.conf.
    1775             :  *
    1776             :  * This is called after processing command-line switches.
    1777             :  *      userDoption is the -D switch value if any (NULL if unspecified).
    1778             :  *      progname is just for use in error messages.
    1779             :  *
    1780             :  * Returns true on success; on failure, prints a suitable error message
    1781             :  * to stderr and returns false.
    1782             :  */
    1783             : bool
    1784        1918 : SelectConfigFiles(const char *userDoption, const char *progname)
    1785             : {
    1786             :     char       *configdir;
    1787             :     char       *fname;
    1788             :     bool        fname_is_malloced;
    1789             :     struct stat stat_buf;
    1790             :     struct config_string *data_directory_rec;
    1791             : 
    1792             :     /* configdir is -D option, or $PGDATA if no -D */
    1793        1918 :     if (userDoption)
    1794        1556 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(userDoption);
    1795             :     else
    1796         362 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(getenv("PGDATA"));
    1797             : 
    1798        1918 :     if (configdir && stat(configdir, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1799             :     {
    1800           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access directory \"%s\": %m\n",
    1801             :                      progname,
    1802             :                      configdir);
    1803           0 :         if (errno == ENOENT)
    1804           0 :             write_stderr("Run initdb or pg_basebackup to initialize a PostgreSQL data directory.\n");
    1805           0 :         return false;
    1806             :     }
    1807             : 
    1808             :     /*
    1809             :      * Find the configuration file: if config_file was specified on the
    1810             :      * command line, use it, else use configdir/postgresql.conf.  In any case
    1811             :      * ensure the result is an absolute path, so that it will be interpreted
    1812             :      * the same way by future backends.
    1813             :      */
    1814        1918 :     if (ConfigFileName)
    1815             :     {
    1816          20 :         fname = make_absolute_path(ConfigFileName);
    1817          20 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1818             :     }
    1819        1898 :     else if (configdir)
    1820             :     {
    1821        1898 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1822        1898 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(CONFIG_FILENAME) + 2);
    1823        1898 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, CONFIG_FILENAME);
    1824        1898 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1825             :     }
    1826             :     else
    1827             :     {
    1828           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the server configuration file.\n"
    1829             :                      "You must specify the --config-file or -D invocation "
    1830             :                      "option or set the PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1831             :                      progname);
    1832           0 :         return false;
    1833             :     }
    1834             : 
    1835             :     /*
    1836             :      * Set the ConfigFileName GUC variable to its final value, ensuring that
    1837             :      * it can't be overridden later.
    1838             :      */
    1839        1918 :     SetConfigOption("config_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1840             : 
    1841        1918 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1842          20 :         free(fname);
    1843             :     else
    1844        1898 :         guc_free(fname);
    1845             : 
    1846             :     /*
    1847             :      * Now read the config file for the first time.
    1848             :      */
    1849        1918 :     if (stat(ConfigFileName, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1850             :     {
    1851           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access the server configuration file \"%s\": %m\n",
    1852             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1853           0 :         free(configdir);
    1854           0 :         return false;
    1855             :     }
    1856             : 
    1857             :     /*
    1858             :      * Read the configuration file for the first time.  This time only the
    1859             :      * data_directory parameter is picked up to determine the data directory,
    1860             :      * so that we can read the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file next time.
    1861             :      */
    1862        1918 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1863             : 
    1864             :     /*
    1865             :      * If the data_directory GUC variable has been set, use that as DataDir;
    1866             :      * otherwise use configdir if set; else punt.
    1867             :      *
    1868             :      * Note: SetDataDir will copy and absolute-ize its argument, so we don't
    1869             :      * have to.
    1870             :      */
    1871             :     data_directory_rec = (struct config_string *)
    1872        1918 :         find_option("data_directory", false, false, PANIC);
    1873        1918 :     if (*data_directory_rec->variable)
    1874           0 :         SetDataDir(*data_directory_rec->variable);
    1875        1918 :     else if (configdir)
    1876        1918 :         SetDataDir(configdir);
    1877             :     else
    1878             :     {
    1879           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the database system data.\n"
    1880             :                      "This can be specified as \"data_directory\" in \"%s\", "
    1881             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1882             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1883             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1884           0 :         return false;
    1885             :     }
    1886             : 
    1887             :     /*
    1888             :      * Reflect the final DataDir value back into the data_directory GUC var.
    1889             :      * (If you are wondering why we don't just make them a single variable,
    1890             :      * it's because the EXEC_BACKEND case needs DataDir to be transmitted to
    1891             :      * child backends specially.  XXX is that still true?  Given that we now
    1892             :      * chdir to DataDir, EXEC_BACKEND can read the config file without knowing
    1893             :      * DataDir in advance.)
    1894             :      */
    1895        1918 :     SetConfigOption("data_directory", DataDir, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1896             : 
    1897             :     /*
    1898             :      * Now read the config file a second time, allowing any settings in the
    1899             :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file to take effect.  (This is pretty ugly, but
    1900             :      * since we have to determine the DataDir before we can find the autoconf
    1901             :      * file, the alternatives seem worse.)
    1902             :      */
    1903        1918 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1904             : 
    1905             :     /*
    1906             :      * If timezone_abbreviations wasn't set in the configuration file, install
    1907             :      * the default value.  We do it this way because we can't safely install a
    1908             :      * "real" value until my_exec_path is set, which may not have happened
    1909             :      * when InitializeGUCOptions runs, so the bootstrap default value cannot
    1910             :      * be the real desired default.
    1911             :      */
    1912        1914 :     pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
    1913             : 
    1914             :     /*
    1915             :      * Figure out where pg_hba.conf is, and make sure the path is absolute.
    1916             :      */
    1917        1914 :     if (HbaFileName)
    1918             :     {
    1919           2 :         fname = make_absolute_path(HbaFileName);
    1920           2 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1921             :     }
    1922        1912 :     else if (configdir)
    1923             :     {
    1924        1912 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1925        1912 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(HBA_FILENAME) + 2);
    1926        1912 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, HBA_FILENAME);
    1927        1912 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1928             :     }
    1929             :     else
    1930             :     {
    1931           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"hba\" configuration file.\n"
    1932             :                      "This can be specified as \"hba_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1933             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1934             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1935             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1936           0 :         return false;
    1937             :     }
    1938        1914 :     SetConfigOption("hba_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1939             : 
    1940        1914 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1941           2 :         free(fname);
    1942             :     else
    1943        1912 :         guc_free(fname);
    1944             : 
    1945             :     /*
    1946             :      * Likewise for pg_ident.conf.
    1947             :      */
    1948        1914 :     if (IdentFileName)
    1949             :     {
    1950           2 :         fname = make_absolute_path(IdentFileName);
    1951           2 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1952             :     }
    1953        1912 :     else if (configdir)
    1954             :     {
    1955        1912 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1956        1912 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(IDENT_FILENAME) + 2);
    1957        1912 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, IDENT_FILENAME);
    1958        1912 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1959             :     }
    1960             :     else
    1961             :     {
    1962           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"ident\" configuration file.\n"
    1963             :                      "This can be specified as \"ident_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1964             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1965             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1966             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1967           0 :         return false;
    1968             :     }
    1969        1914 :     SetConfigOption("ident_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1970             : 
    1971        1914 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1972           2 :         free(fname);
    1973             :     else
    1974        1912 :         guc_free(fname);
    1975             : 
    1976        1914 :     free(configdir);
    1977             : 
    1978        1914 :     return true;
    1979             : }
    1980             : 
    1981             : /*
    1982             :  * pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize --- set default value if not done already
    1983             :  *
    1984             :  * This is called after initial loading of postgresql.conf.  If no
    1985             :  * timezone_abbreviations setting was found therein, select default.
    1986             :  * If a non-default value is already installed, nothing will happen.
    1987             :  *
    1988             :  * This can also be called from ProcessConfigFile to establish the default
    1989             :  * value after a postgresql.conf entry for it is removed.
    1990             :  */
    1991             : static void
    1992        2720 : pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void)
    1993             : {
    1994        2720 :     SetConfigOption("timezone_abbreviations", "Default",
    1995             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
    1996        2720 : }
    1997             : 
    1998             : 
    1999             : /*
    2000             :  * Reset all options to their saved default values (implements RESET ALL)
    2001             :  */
    2002             : void
    2003           8 : ResetAllOptions(void)
    2004             : {
    2005             :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    2006             : 
    2007             :     /* We need only consider GUCs not already at PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    2008         460 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    2009             :     {
    2010         452 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    2011             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    2012             : 
    2013             :         /* Don't reset non-SET-able values */
    2014         452 :         if (gconf->context != PGC_SUSET &&
    2015         414 :             gconf->context != PGC_USERSET)
    2016         264 :             continue;
    2017             :         /* Don't reset if special exclusion from RESET ALL */
    2018         188 :         if (gconf->flags & GUC_NO_RESET_ALL)
    2019          40 :             continue;
    2020             :         /* No need to reset if wasn't SET */
    2021         148 :         if (gconf->source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    2022         126 :             continue;
    2023             : 
    2024             :         /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    2025          22 :         push_old_value(gconf, GUC_ACTION_SET);
    2026             : 
    2027          22 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    2028             :         {
    2029           4 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    2030             :                 {
    2031           4 :                     struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    2032             : 
    2033           4 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2034           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2035             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2036           4 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2037           4 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2038             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2039           4 :                     break;
    2040             :                 }
    2041           2 :             case PGC_INT:
    2042             :                 {
    2043           2 :                     struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    2044             : 
    2045           2 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2046           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2047             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2048           2 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2049           2 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2050             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2051           2 :                     break;
    2052             :                 }
    2053           6 :             case PGC_REAL:
    2054             :                 {
    2055           6 :                     struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    2056             : 
    2057           6 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2058           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2059             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2060           6 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2061           6 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2062             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2063           6 :                     break;
    2064             :                 }
    2065           8 :             case PGC_STRING:
    2066             :                 {
    2067           8 :                     struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    2068             : 
    2069           8 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2070           2 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2071             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2072           8 :                     set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, conf->reset_val);
    2073           8 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2074             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2075           8 :                     break;
    2076             :                 }
    2077           2 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    2078             :                 {
    2079           2 :                     struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    2080             : 
    2081           2 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2082           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2083             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2084           2 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2085           2 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2086             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2087           2 :                     break;
    2088             :                 }
    2089             :         }
    2090             : 
    2091          22 :         set_guc_source(gconf, gconf->reset_source);
    2092          22 :         gconf->scontext = gconf->reset_scontext;
    2093          22 :         gconf->srole = gconf->reset_srole;
    2094             : 
    2095          22 :         if ((gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2096             :         {
    2097           4 :             gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2098           4 :             slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2099             :         }
    2100             :     }
    2101           8 : }
    2102             : 
    2103             : 
    2104             : /*
    2105             :  * Apply a change to a GUC variable's "source" field.
    2106             :  *
    2107             :  * Use this rather than just assigning, to ensure that the variable's
    2108             :  * membership in guc_nondef_list is updated correctly.
    2109             :  */
    2110             : static void
    2111     1067578 : set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource)
    2112             : {
    2113             :     /* Adjust nondef list membership if appropriate for change */
    2114     1067578 :     if (gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2115             :     {
    2116      484638 :         if (newsource != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2117      484508 :             dlist_push_tail(&guc_nondef_list, &gconf->nondef_link);
    2118             :     }
    2119             :     else
    2120             :     {
    2121      582940 :         if (newsource == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2122       99070 :             dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    2123             :     }
    2124             :     /* Now update the source field */
    2125     1067578 :     gconf->source = newsource;
    2126     1067578 : }
    2127             : 
    2128             : 
    2129             : /*
    2130             :  * push_old_value
    2131             :  *      Push previous state during transactional assignment to a GUC variable.
    2132             :  */
    2133             : static void
    2134      331984 : push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action)
    2135             : {
    2136             :     GucStack   *stack;
    2137             : 
    2138             :     /* If we're not inside a nest level, do nothing */
    2139      331984 :     if (GUCNestLevel == 0)
    2140           0 :         return;
    2141             : 
    2142             :     /* Do we already have a stack entry of the current nest level? */
    2143      331984 :     stack = gconf->stack;
    2144      331984 :     if (stack && stack->nest_level >= GUCNestLevel)
    2145             :     {
    2146             :         /* Yes, so adjust its state if necessary */
    2147             :         Assert(stack->nest_level == GUCNestLevel);
    2148       11238 :         switch (action)
    2149             :         {
    2150       11090 :             case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2151             :                 /* SET overrides any prior action at same nest level */
    2152       11090 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2153             :                 {
    2154             :                     /* must discard old masked value */
    2155           0 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2156             :                 }
    2157       11090 :                 stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2158       11090 :                 break;
    2159         148 :             case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2160         148 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2161             :                 {
    2162             :                     /* SET followed by SET LOCAL, remember SET's value */
    2163          12 :                     stack->masked_scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2164          12 :                     stack->masked_srole = gconf->srole;
    2165          12 :                     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2166          12 :                     stack->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2167             :                 }
    2168             :                 /* in all other cases, no change to stack entry */
    2169         148 :                 break;
    2170           0 :             case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2171             :                 /* Could only have a prior SAVE of same variable */
    2172             :                 Assert(stack->state == GUC_SAVE);
    2173           0 :                 break;
    2174             :         }
    2175       11238 :         return;
    2176             :     }
    2177             : 
    2178             :     /*
    2179             :      * Push a new stack entry
    2180             :      *
    2181             :      * We keep all the stack entries in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
    2182             :      */
    2183      320746 :     stack = (GucStack *) MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
    2184             :                                                 sizeof(GucStack));
    2185             : 
    2186      320746 :     stack->prev = gconf->stack;
    2187      320746 :     stack->nest_level = GUCNestLevel;
    2188      320746 :     switch (action)
    2189             :     {
    2190       51310 :         case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2191       51310 :             stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2192       51310 :             break;
    2193        8300 :         case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2194        8300 :             stack->state = GUC_LOCAL;
    2195        8300 :             break;
    2196      261136 :         case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2197      261136 :             stack->state = GUC_SAVE;
    2198      261136 :             break;
    2199             :     }
    2200      320746 :     stack->source = gconf->source;
    2201      320746 :     stack->scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2202      320746 :     stack->srole = gconf->srole;
    2203      320746 :     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2204             : 
    2205      320746 :     if (gconf->stack == NULL)
    2206      291666 :         slist_push_head(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    2207      320746 :     gconf->stack = stack;
    2208             : }
    2209             : 
    2210             : 
    2211             : /*
    2212             :  * Do GUC processing at main transaction start.
    2213             :  */
    2214             : void
    2215      749218 : AtStart_GUC(void)
    2216             : {
    2217             :     /*
    2218             :      * The nest level should be 0 between transactions; if it isn't, somebody
    2219             :      * didn't call AtEOXact_GUC, or called it with the wrong nestLevel.  We
    2220             :      * throw a warning but make no other effort to clean up.
    2221             :      */
    2222      749218 :     if (GUCNestLevel != 0)
    2223           0 :         elog(WARNING, "GUC nest level = %d at transaction start",
    2224             :              GUCNestLevel);
    2225      749218 :     GUCNestLevel = 1;
    2226      749218 : }
    2227             : 
    2228             : /*
    2229             :  * Enter a new nesting level for GUC values.  This is called at subtransaction
    2230             :  * start, and when entering a function that has proconfig settings, and in
    2231             :  * some other places where we want to set GUC variables transiently.
    2232             :  * NOTE we must not risk error here, else subtransaction start will be unhappy.
    2233             :  */
    2234             : int
    2235      309018 : NewGUCNestLevel(void)
    2236             : {
    2237      309018 :     return ++GUCNestLevel;
    2238             : }
    2239             : 
    2240             : /*
    2241             :  * Set search_path to a fixed value for maintenance operations. No effect
    2242             :  * during bootstrap, when the search_path is already set to a fixed value and
    2243             :  * cannot be changed.
    2244             :  */
    2245             : void
    2246      277722 : RestrictSearchPath(void)
    2247             : {
    2248      277722 :     if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
    2249      222552 :         set_config_option("search_path", GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH, PGC_USERSET,
    2250             :                           PGC_S_SESSION, GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true, 0, false);
    2251      277722 : }
    2252             : 
    2253             : /*
    2254             :  * Do GUC processing at transaction or subtransaction commit or abort, or
    2255             :  * when exiting a function that has proconfig settings, or when undoing a
    2256             :  * transient assignment to some GUC variables.  (The name is thus a bit of
    2257             :  * a misnomer; perhaps it should be ExitGUCNestLevel or some such.)
    2258             :  * During abort, we discard all GUC settings that were applied at nesting
    2259             :  * levels >= nestLevel.  nestLevel == 1 corresponds to the main transaction.
    2260             :  */
    2261             : void
    2262     1056718 : AtEOXact_GUC(bool isCommit, int nestLevel)
    2263             : {
    2264             :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2265             : 
    2266             :     /*
    2267             :      * Note: it's possible to get here with GUCNestLevel == nestLevel-1 during
    2268             :      * abort, if there is a failure during transaction start before
    2269             :      * AtStart_GUC is called.
    2270             :      */
    2271             :     Assert(nestLevel > 0 &&
    2272             :            (nestLevel <= GUCNestLevel ||
    2273             :             (nestLevel == GUCNestLevel + 1 && !isCommit)));
    2274             : 
    2275             :     /* We need only process GUCs having nonempty stacks */
    2276     1383564 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_stack_list)
    2277             :     {
    2278      326846 :         struct config_generic *gconf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2279             :                                                        stack_link, iter.cur);
    2280             :         GucStack   *stack;
    2281             : 
    2282             :         /*
    2283             :          * Process and pop each stack entry within the nest level. To simplify
    2284             :          * fmgr_security_definer() and other places that use GUC_ACTION_SAVE,
    2285             :          * we allow failure exit from code that uses a local nest level to be
    2286             :          * recovered at the surrounding transaction or subtransaction abort;
    2287             :          * so there could be more than one stack entry to pop.
    2288             :          */
    2289      647624 :         while ((stack = gconf->stack) != NULL &&
    2290      355962 :                stack->nest_level >= nestLevel)
    2291             :         {
    2292      320778 :             GucStack   *prev = stack->prev;
    2293      320778 :             bool        restorePrior = false;
    2294      320778 :             bool        restoreMasked = false;
    2295             :             bool        changed;
    2296             : 
    2297             :             /*
    2298             :              * In this next bit, if we don't set either restorePrior or
    2299             :              * restoreMasked, we must "discard" any unwanted fields of the
    2300             :              * stack entries to avoid leaking memory.  If we do set one of
    2301             :              * those flags, unused fields will be cleaned up after restoring.
    2302             :              */
    2303      320778 :             if (!isCommit)      /* if abort, always restore prior value */
    2304      227272 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2305       93506 :             else if (stack->state == GUC_SAVE)
    2306       37720 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2307       55786 :             else if (stack->nest_level == 1)
    2308             :             {
    2309             :                 /* transaction commit */
    2310       55744 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2311          12 :                     restoreMasked = true;
    2312       55732 :                 else if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2313             :                 {
    2314             :                     /* we keep the current active value */
    2315       49210 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2316             :                 }
    2317             :                 else            /* must be GUC_LOCAL */
    2318        6522 :                     restorePrior = true;
    2319             :             }
    2320          42 :             else if (prev == NULL ||
    2321          12 :                      prev->nest_level < stack->nest_level - 1)
    2322             :             {
    2323             :                 /* decrement entry's level and do not pop it */
    2324          36 :                 stack->nest_level--;
    2325          36 :                 continue;
    2326             :             }
    2327             :             else
    2328             :             {
    2329             :                 /*
    2330             :                  * We have to merge this stack entry into prev. See README for
    2331             :                  * discussion of this bit.
    2332             :                  */
    2333           6 :                 switch (stack->state)
    2334             :                 {
    2335           0 :                     case GUC_SAVE:
    2336             :                         Assert(false);  /* can't get here */
    2337           0 :                         break;
    2338             : 
    2339           6 :                     case GUC_SET:
    2340             :                         /* next level always becomes SET */
    2341           6 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2342           6 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2343           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2344           6 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET;
    2345           6 :                         break;
    2346             : 
    2347           0 :                     case GUC_LOCAL:
    2348           0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET)
    2349             :                         {
    2350             :                             /* LOCAL migrates down */
    2351           0 :                             prev->masked_scontext = stack->scontext;
    2352           0 :                             prev->masked_srole = stack->srole;
    2353           0 :                             prev->masked = stack->prior;
    2354           0 :                             prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2355             :                         }
    2356             :                         else
    2357             :                         {
    2358             :                             /* else just forget this stack level */
    2359           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2360             :                         }
    2361           0 :                         break;
    2362             : 
    2363           0 :                     case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    2364             :                         /* prior state at this level no longer wanted */
    2365           0 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2366             :                         /* copy down the masked state */
    2367           0 :                         prev->masked_scontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2368           0 :                         prev->masked_srole = stack->masked_srole;
    2369           0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2370           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2371           0 :                         prev->masked = stack->masked;
    2372           0 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2373           0 :                         break;
    2374             :                 }
    2375      320742 :             }
    2376             : 
    2377      320742 :             changed = false;
    2378             : 
    2379      320742 :             if (restorePrior || restoreMasked)
    2380             :             {
    2381             :                 /* Perform appropriate restoration of the stacked value */
    2382             :                 config_var_value newvalue;
    2383             :                 GucSource   newsource;
    2384             :                 GucContext  newscontext;
    2385             :                 Oid         newsrole;
    2386             : 
    2387      271526 :                 if (restoreMasked)
    2388             :                 {
    2389          12 :                     newvalue = stack->masked;
    2390          12 :                     newsource = PGC_S_SESSION;
    2391          12 :                     newscontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2392          12 :                     newsrole = stack->masked_srole;
    2393             :                 }
    2394             :                 else
    2395             :                 {
    2396      271514 :                     newvalue = stack->prior;
    2397      271514 :                     newsource = stack->source;
    2398      271514 :                     newscontext = stack->scontext;
    2399      271514 :                     newsrole = stack->srole;
    2400             :                 }
    2401             : 
    2402      271526 :                 switch (gconf->vartype)
    2403             :                 {
    2404        3188 :                     case PGC_BOOL:
    2405             :                         {
    2406        3188 :                             struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    2407        3188 :                             bool        newval = newvalue.val.boolval;
    2408        3188 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2409             : 
    2410        3188 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2411         442 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2412             :                             {
    2413        2746 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2414           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2415        2746 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2416        2746 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2417             :                                                 newextra);
    2418        2746 :                                 changed = true;
    2419             :                             }
    2420        3188 :                             break;
    2421             :                         }
    2422        9606 :                     case PGC_INT:
    2423             :                         {
    2424        9606 :                             struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    2425        9606 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.intval;
    2426        9606 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2427             : 
    2428        9606 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2429         198 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2430             :                             {
    2431        9408 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2432           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2433        9408 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2434        9408 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2435             :                                                 newextra);
    2436        9408 :                                 changed = true;
    2437             :                             }
    2438        9606 :                             break;
    2439             :                         }
    2440        1438 :                     case PGC_REAL:
    2441             :                         {
    2442        1438 :                             struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    2443        1438 :                             double      newval = newvalue.val.realval;
    2444        1438 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2445             : 
    2446        1438 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2447          24 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2448             :                             {
    2449        1414 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2450           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2451        1414 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2452        1414 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2453             :                                                 newextra);
    2454        1414 :                                 changed = true;
    2455             :                             }
    2456        1438 :                             break;
    2457             :                         }
    2458      241592 :                     case PGC_STRING:
    2459             :                         {
    2460      241592 :                             struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    2461      241592 :                             char       *newval = newvalue.val.stringval;
    2462      241592 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2463             : 
    2464      241592 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2465          14 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2466             :                             {
    2467      241578 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2468      241108 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2469      241578 :                                 set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
    2470      241578 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2471             :                                                 newextra);
    2472      241578 :                                 changed = true;
    2473             :                             }
    2474             : 
    2475             :                             /*
    2476             :                              * Release stacked values if not used anymore. We
    2477             :                              * could use discard_stack_value() here, but since
    2478             :                              * we have type-specific code anyway, might as
    2479             :                              * well inline it.
    2480             :                              */
    2481      241592 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval, NULL);
    2482      241592 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->masked.val.stringval, NULL);
    2483      241592 :                             break;
    2484             :                         }
    2485       15702 :                     case PGC_ENUM:
    2486             :                         {
    2487       15702 :                             struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    2488       15702 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.enumval;
    2489       15702 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2490             : 
    2491       15702 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2492         922 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2493             :                             {
    2494       14780 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2495          30 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2496       14780 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2497       14780 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2498             :                                                 newextra);
    2499       14780 :                                 changed = true;
    2500             :                             }
    2501       15702 :                             break;
    2502             :                         }
    2503             :                 }
    2504             : 
    2505             :                 /*
    2506             :                  * Release stacked extra values if not used anymore.
    2507             :                  */
    2508      271526 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->prior.extra), NULL);
    2509      271526 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->masked.extra), NULL);
    2510             : 
    2511             :                 /* And restore source information */
    2512      271526 :                 set_guc_source(gconf, newsource);
    2513      271526 :                 gconf->scontext = newscontext;
    2514      271526 :                 gconf->srole = newsrole;
    2515             :             }
    2516             : 
    2517             :             /*
    2518             :              * Pop the GUC's state stack; if it's now empty, remove the GUC
    2519             :              * from guc_stack_list.
    2520             :              */
    2521      320742 :             gconf->stack = prev;
    2522      320742 :             if (prev == NULL)
    2523      291662 :                 slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2524      320742 :             pfree(stack);
    2525             : 
    2526             :             /* Report new value if we changed it */
    2527      320742 :             if (changed && (gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    2528      248924 :                 !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2529             :             {
    2530         318 :                 gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2531         318 :                 slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2532             :             }
    2533             :         }                       /* end of stack-popping loop */
    2534             :     }
    2535             : 
    2536             :     /* Update nesting level */
    2537     1056718 :     GUCNestLevel = nestLevel - 1;
    2538     1056718 : }
    2539             : 
    2540             : 
    2541             : /*
    2542             :  * Start up automatic reporting of changes to variables marked GUC_REPORT.
    2543             :  * This is executed at completion of backend startup.
    2544             :  */
    2545             : void
    2546       25048 : BeginReportingGUCOptions(void)
    2547             : {
    2548             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    2549             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    2550             : 
    2551             :     /*
    2552             :      * Don't do anything unless talking to an interactive frontend.
    2553             :      */
    2554       25048 :     if (whereToSendOutput != DestRemote)
    2555         104 :         return;
    2556             : 
    2557       24944 :     reporting_enabled = true;
    2558             : 
    2559             :     /*
    2560             :      * Hack for in_hot_standby: set the GUC value true if appropriate.  This
    2561             :      * is kind of an ugly place to do it, but there's few better options.
    2562             :      *
    2563             :      * (This could be out of date by the time we actually send it, in which
    2564             :      * case the next ReportChangedGUCOptions call will send a duplicate
    2565             :      * report.)
    2566             :      */
    2567       24944 :     if (RecoveryInProgress())
    2568        1050 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "true",
    2569             :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2570             : 
    2571             :     /* Transmit initial values of interesting variables */
    2572       24944 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    2573     9707138 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    2574             :     {
    2575     9682194 :         struct config_generic *conf = hentry->gucvar;
    2576             : 
    2577     9682194 :         if (conf->flags & GUC_REPORT)
    2578      374160 :             ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2579             :     }
    2580             : }
    2581             : 
    2582             : /*
    2583             :  * ReportChangedGUCOptions: report recently-changed GUC_REPORT variables
    2584             :  *
    2585             :  * This is called just before we wait for a new client query.
    2586             :  *
    2587             :  * By handling things this way, we ensure that a ParameterStatus message
    2588             :  * is sent at most once per variable per query, even if the variable
    2589             :  * changed multiple times within the query.  That's quite possible when
    2590             :  * using features such as function SET clauses.  Function SET clauses
    2591             :  * also tend to cause values to change intraquery but eventually revert
    2592             :  * to their prevailing values; ReportGUCOption is responsible for avoiding
    2593             :  * redundant reports in such cases.
    2594             :  */
    2595             : void
    2596      660846 : ReportChangedGUCOptions(void)
    2597             : {
    2598             :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2599             : 
    2600             :     /* Quick exit if not (yet) enabled */
    2601      660846 :     if (!reporting_enabled)
    2602       61250 :         return;
    2603             : 
    2604             :     /*
    2605             :      * Since in_hot_standby isn't actually changed by normal GUC actions, we
    2606             :      * need a hack to check whether a new value needs to be reported to the
    2607             :      * client.  For speed, we rely on the assumption that it can never
    2608             :      * transition from false to true.
    2609             :      */
    2610      599596 :     if (in_hot_standby_guc && !RecoveryInProgress())
    2611           8 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "false",
    2612             :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2613             : 
    2614             :     /* Transmit new values of interesting variables */
    2615      844616 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_report_list)
    2616             :     {
    2617      245020 :         struct config_generic *conf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2618             :                                                       report_link, iter.cur);
    2619             : 
    2620             :         Assert((conf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && (conf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT));
    2621      245020 :         ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2622      245020 :         conf->status &= ~GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2623      245020 :         slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2624             :     }
    2625             : }
    2626             : 
    2627             : /*
    2628             :  * ReportGUCOption: if appropriate, transmit option value to frontend
    2629             :  *
    2630             :  * We need not transmit the value if it's the same as what we last
    2631             :  * transmitted.
    2632             :  */
    2633             : static void
    2634      619180 : ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record)
    2635             : {
    2636      619180 :     char       *val = ShowGUCOption(record, false);
    2637             : 
    2638      619180 :     if (record->last_reported == NULL ||
    2639      245020 :         strcmp(val, record->last_reported) != 0)
    2640             :     {
    2641             :         StringInfoData msgbuf;
    2642             : 
    2643      386802 :         pq_beginmessage(&msgbuf, PqMsg_ParameterStatus);
    2644      386802 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, record->name);
    2645      386802 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, val);
    2646      386802 :         pq_endmessage(&msgbuf);
    2647             : 
    2648             :         /*
    2649             :          * We need a long-lifespan copy.  If guc_strdup() fails due to OOM,
    2650             :          * we'll set last_reported to NULL and thereby possibly make a
    2651             :          * duplicate report later.
    2652             :          */
    2653      386802 :         guc_free(record->last_reported);
    2654      386802 :         record->last_reported = guc_strdup(LOG, val);
    2655             :     }
    2656             : 
    2657      619180 :     pfree(val);
    2658      619180 : }
    2659             : 
    2660             : /*
    2661             :  * Convert a value from one of the human-friendly units ("kB", "min" etc.)
    2662             :  * to the given base unit.  'value' and 'unit' are the input value and unit
    2663             :  * to convert from (there can be trailing spaces in the unit string).
    2664             :  * The converted value is stored in *base_value.
    2665             :  * It's caller's responsibility to round off the converted value as necessary
    2666             :  * and check for out-of-range.
    2667             :  *
    2668             :  * Returns true on success, false if the input unit is not recognized.
    2669             :  */
    2670             : static bool
    2671       11074 : convert_to_base_unit(double value, const char *unit,
    2672             :                      int base_unit, double *base_value)
    2673             : {
    2674             :     char        unitstr[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1];
    2675             :     int         unitlen;
    2676             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2677             :     int         i;
    2678             : 
    2679             :     /* extract unit string to compare to table entries */
    2680       11074 :     unitlen = 0;
    2681       33090 :     while (*unit != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char) *unit) &&
    2682             :            unitlen < MAX_UNIT_LEN)
    2683       22016 :         unitstr[unitlen++] = *(unit++);
    2684       11074 :     unitstr[unitlen] = '\0';
    2685             :     /* allow whitespace after unit */
    2686       11074 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *unit))
    2687           0 :         unit++;
    2688       11074 :     if (*unit != '\0')
    2689           0 :         return false;           /* unit too long, or garbage after it */
    2690             : 
    2691             :     /* now search the appropriate table */
    2692       11074 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2693        8562 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2694             :     else
    2695        2512 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2696             : 
    2697      132740 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2698             :     {
    2699      132740 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit &&
    2700       37132 :             strcmp(unitstr, table[i].unit) == 0)
    2701             :         {
    2702       11074 :             double      cvalue = value * table[i].multiplier;
    2703             : 
    2704             :             /*
    2705             :              * If the user gave a fractional value such as "30.1GB", round it
    2706             :              * off to the nearest multiple of the next smaller unit, if there
    2707             :              * is one.
    2708             :              */
    2709       11074 :             if (*table[i + 1].unit &&
    2710       11074 :                 base_unit == table[i + 1].base_unit)
    2711       11068 :                 cvalue = rint(cvalue / table[i + 1].multiplier) *
    2712       11068 :                     table[i + 1].multiplier;
    2713             : 
    2714       11074 :             *base_value = cvalue;
    2715       11074 :             return true;
    2716             :         }
    2717             :     }
    2718           0 :     return false;
    2719             : }
    2720             : 
    2721             : /*
    2722             :  * Convert an integer value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2723             :  *
    2724             :  * The output unit is chosen so that it's the greatest unit that can represent
    2725             :  * the value without loss.  For example, if the base unit is GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024
    2726             :  * is converted to 1 MB, but 1025 is represented as 1025 kB.
    2727             :  */
    2728             : static void
    2729         700 : convert_int_from_base_unit(int64 base_value, int base_unit,
    2730             :                            int64 *value, const char **unit)
    2731             : {
    2732             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2733             :     int         i;
    2734             : 
    2735         700 :     *unit = NULL;
    2736             : 
    2737         700 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2738         632 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2739             :     else
    2740          68 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2741             : 
    2742        4856 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2743             :     {
    2744        4856 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2745             :         {
    2746             :             /*
    2747             :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly.  We
    2748             :              * assume that the conversions for each base unit are ordered from
    2749             :              * greatest unit to the smallest!
    2750             :              */
    2751        2210 :             if (table[i].multiplier <= 1.0 ||
    2752        2100 :                 base_value % (int64) table[i].multiplier == 0)
    2753             :             {
    2754         700 :                 *value = (int64) rint(base_value / table[i].multiplier);
    2755         700 :                 *unit = table[i].unit;
    2756         700 :                 break;
    2757             :             }
    2758             :         }
    2759             :     }
    2760             : 
    2761             :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2762         700 : }
    2763             : 
    2764             : /*
    2765             :  * Convert a floating-point value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2766             :  *
    2767             :  * Same as above, except we have to do the math a bit differently, and
    2768             :  * there's a possibility that we don't find any exact divisor.
    2769             :  */
    2770             : static void
    2771         268 : convert_real_from_base_unit(double base_value, int base_unit,
    2772             :                             double *value, const char **unit)
    2773             : {
    2774             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2775             :     int         i;
    2776             : 
    2777         268 :     *unit = NULL;
    2778             : 
    2779         268 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2780           0 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2781             :     else
    2782         268 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2783             : 
    2784        1364 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2785             :     {
    2786        1364 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2787             :         {
    2788             :             /*
    2789             :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly; or
    2790             :              * if there is none, use the smallest (last) target unit.
    2791             :              *
    2792             :              * What we actually care about here is whether snprintf with "%g"
    2793             :              * will print the value as an integer, so the obvious test of
    2794             :              * "*value == rint(*value)" is too strict; roundoff error might
    2795             :              * make us choose an unreasonably small unit.  As a compromise,
    2796             :              * accept a divisor that is within 1e-8 of producing an integer.
    2797             :              */
    2798        1364 :             *value = base_value / table[i].multiplier;
    2799        1364 :             *unit = table[i].unit;
    2800        1364 :             if (*value > 0 &&
    2801        1364 :                 fabs((rint(*value) / *value) - 1.0) <= 1e-8)
    2802         268 :                 break;
    2803             :         }
    2804             :     }
    2805             : 
    2806             :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2807         268 : }
    2808             : 
    2809             : /*
    2810             :  * Return the name of a GUC's base unit (e.g. "ms") given its flags.
    2811             :  * Return NULL if the GUC is unitless.
    2812             :  */
    2813             : const char *
    2814     1312810 : get_config_unit_name(int flags)
    2815             : {
    2816     1312810 :     switch (flags & GUC_UNIT)
    2817             :     {
    2818     1054556 :         case 0:
    2819     1054556 :             return NULL;        /* GUC has no units */
    2820       16990 :         case GUC_UNIT_BYTE:
    2821       16990 :             return "B";
    2822       40776 :         case GUC_UNIT_KB:
    2823       40776 :             return "kB";
    2824       20388 :         case GUC_UNIT_MB:
    2825       20388 :             return "MB";
    2826       57766 :         case GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS:
    2827             :             {
    2828             :                 static char bbuf[8];
    2829             : 
    2830             :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2831       57766 :                 if (bbuf[0] == '\0')
    2832         436 :                     snprintf(bbuf, sizeof(bbuf), "%dkB", BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2833       57766 :                 return bbuf;
    2834             :             }
    2835        6796 :         case GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS:
    2836             :             {
    2837             :                 static char xbuf[8];
    2838             : 
    2839             :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2840        6796 :                 if (xbuf[0] == '\0')
    2841         436 :                     snprintf(xbuf, sizeof(xbuf), "%dkB", XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2842        6796 :                 return xbuf;
    2843             :             }
    2844       74762 :         case GUC_UNIT_MS:
    2845       74762 :             return "ms";
    2846       33980 :         case GUC_UNIT_S:
    2847       33980 :             return "s";
    2848        6796 :         case GUC_UNIT_MIN:
    2849        6796 :             return "min";
    2850           0 :         default:
    2851           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized GUC units value: %d",
    2852             :                  flags & GUC_UNIT);
    2853             :             return NULL;
    2854             :     }
    2855             : }
    2856             : 
    2857             : 
    2858             : /*
    2859             :  * Try to parse value as an integer.  The accepted formats are the
    2860             :  * usual decimal, octal, or hexadecimal formats, as well as floating-point
    2861             :  * formats (which will be rounded to integer after any units conversion).
    2862             :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2863             :  * a unit is allowed.
    2864             :  *
    2865             :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2866             :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2867             :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2868             :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2869             :  */
    2870             : bool
    2871       88860 : parse_int(const char *value, int *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2872             : {
    2873             :     /*
    2874             :      * We assume here that double is wide enough to represent any integer
    2875             :      * value with adequate precision.
    2876             :      */
    2877             :     double      val;
    2878             :     char       *endptr;
    2879             : 
    2880             :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2881       88860 :     if (result)
    2882       88860 :         *result = 0;
    2883       88860 :     if (hintmsg)
    2884       80598 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2885             : 
    2886             :     /*
    2887             :      * Try to parse as an integer (allowing octal or hex input).  If the
    2888             :      * conversion stops at a decimal point or 'e', or overflows, re-parse as
    2889             :      * float.  This should work fine as long as we have no unit names starting
    2890             :      * with 'e'.  If we ever do, the test could be extended to check for a
    2891             :      * sign or digit after 'e', but for now that's unnecessary.
    2892             :      */
    2893       88860 :     errno = 0;
    2894       88860 :     val = strtol(value, &endptr, 0);
    2895       88860 :     if (*endptr == '.' || *endptr == 'e' || *endptr == 'E' ||
    2896       88848 :         errno == ERANGE)
    2897             :     {
    2898          12 :         errno = 0;
    2899          12 :         val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2900             :     }
    2901             : 
    2902       88860 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2903          22 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2904             : 
    2905             :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range check below) */
    2906       88838 :     if (isnan(val))
    2907           0 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2908             : 
    2909             :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2910       88878 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2911          40 :         endptr++;
    2912             : 
    2913             :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2914       88838 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2915             :     {
    2916       11066 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2917           4 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2918             : 
    2919       11062 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2920             :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2921             :                                   &val))
    2922             :         {
    2923             :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2924           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2925             :             {
    2926           0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2927           0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2928             :                 else
    2929           0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2930             :             }
    2931           0 :             return false;
    2932             :         }
    2933             :     }
    2934             : 
    2935             :     /* Round to int, then check for overflow */
    2936       88834 :     val = rint(val);
    2937             : 
    2938       88834 :     if (val > INT_MAX || val < INT_MIN)
    2939             :     {
    2940           6 :         if (hintmsg)
    2941           6 :             *hintmsg = gettext_noop("Value exceeds integer range.");
    2942           6 :         return false;
    2943             :     }
    2944             : 
    2945       88828 :     if (result)
    2946       88828 :         *result = (int) val;
    2947       88828 :     return true;
    2948             : }
    2949             : 
    2950             : /*
    2951             :  * Try to parse value as a floating point number in the usual format.
    2952             :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2953             :  * a unit is allowed.
    2954             :  *
    2955             :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2956             :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2957             :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2958             :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2959             :  */
    2960             : bool
    2961        8512 : parse_real(const char *value, double *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2962             : {
    2963             :     double      val;
    2964             :     char       *endptr;
    2965             : 
    2966             :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2967        8512 :     if (result)
    2968        8512 :         *result = 0;
    2969        8512 :     if (hintmsg)
    2970        8000 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2971             : 
    2972        8512 :     errno = 0;
    2973        8512 :     val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2974             : 
    2975        8512 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2976          16 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2977             : 
    2978             :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range checks later) */
    2979        8496 :     if (isnan(val))
    2980           6 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2981             : 
    2982             :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2983        8490 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2984           0 :         endptr++;
    2985             : 
    2986             :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2987        8490 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2988             :     {
    2989          16 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2990           4 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2991             : 
    2992          12 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2993             :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2994             :                                   &val))
    2995             :         {
    2996             :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2997           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2998             :             {
    2999           0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    3000           0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    3001             :                 else
    3002           0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    3003             :             }
    3004           0 :             return false;
    3005             :         }
    3006             :     }
    3007             : 
    3008        8486 :     if (result)
    3009        8486 :         *result = val;
    3010        8486 :     return true;
    3011             : }
    3012             : 
    3013             : 
    3014             : /*
    3015             :  * Lookup the name for an enum option with the selected value.
    3016             :  * Should only ever be called with known-valid values, so throws
    3017             :  * an elog(ERROR) if the enum option is not found.
    3018             :  *
    3019             :  * The returned string is a pointer to static data and not
    3020             :  * allocated for modification.
    3021             :  */
    3022             : const char *
    3023      437388 : config_enum_lookup_by_value(struct config_enum *record, int val)
    3024             : {
    3025             :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3026             : 
    3027     1099992 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3028             :     {
    3029     1099992 :         if (entry->val == val)
    3030      437388 :             return entry->name;
    3031             :     }
    3032             : 
    3033           0 :     elog(ERROR, "could not find enum option %d for %s",
    3034             :          val, record->gen.name);
    3035             :     return NULL;                /* silence compiler */
    3036             : }
    3037             : 
    3038             : 
    3039             : /*
    3040             :  * Lookup the value for an enum option with the selected name
    3041             :  * (case-insensitive).
    3042             :  * If the enum option is found, sets the retval value and returns
    3043             :  * true. If it's not found, return false and retval is set to 0.
    3044             :  */
    3045             : bool
    3046       59362 : config_enum_lookup_by_name(struct config_enum *record, const char *value,
    3047             :                            int *retval)
    3048             : {
    3049             :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3050             : 
    3051      132366 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3052             :     {
    3053      132330 :         if (pg_strcasecmp(value, entry->name) == 0)
    3054             :         {
    3055       59326 :             *retval = entry->val;
    3056       59326 :             return true;
    3057             :         }
    3058             :     }
    3059             : 
    3060          36 :     *retval = 0;
    3061          36 :     return false;
    3062             : }
    3063             : 
    3064             : 
    3065             : /*
    3066             :  * Return a palloc'd string listing all the available options for an enum GUC
    3067             :  * (excluding hidden ones), separated by the given separator.
    3068             :  * If prefix is non-NULL, it is added before the first enum value.
    3069             :  * If suffix is non-NULL, it is added to the end of the string.
    3070             :  */
    3071             : char *
    3072      132140 : config_enum_get_options(struct config_enum *record, const char *prefix,
    3073             :                         const char *suffix, const char *separator)
    3074             : {
    3075             :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3076             :     StringInfoData retstr;
    3077             :     int         seplen;
    3078             : 
    3079      132140 :     initStringInfo(&retstr);
    3080      132140 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, prefix);
    3081             : 
    3082      132140 :     seplen = strlen(separator);
    3083      875150 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3084             :     {
    3085      743010 :         if (!entry->hidden)
    3086             :         {
    3087      532298 :             appendStringInfoString(&retstr, entry->name);
    3088      532298 :             appendBinaryStringInfo(&retstr, separator, seplen);
    3089             :         }
    3090             :     }
    3091             : 
    3092             :     /*
    3093             :      * All the entries may have been hidden, leaving the string empty if no
    3094             :      * prefix was given. This indicates a broken GUC setup, since there is no
    3095             :      * use for an enum without any values, so we just check to make sure we
    3096             :      * don't write to invalid memory instead of actually trying to do
    3097             :      * something smart with it.
    3098             :      */
    3099      132140 :     if (retstr.len >= seplen)
    3100             :     {
    3101             :         /* Replace final separator */
    3102      132140 :         retstr.data[retstr.len - seplen] = '\0';
    3103      132140 :         retstr.len -= seplen;
    3104             :     }
    3105             : 
    3106      132140 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, suffix);
    3107             : 
    3108      132140 :     return retstr.data;
    3109             : }
    3110             : 
    3111             : /*
    3112             :  * Parse and validate a proposed value for the specified configuration
    3113             :  * parameter.
    3114             :  *
    3115             :  * This does built-in checks (such as range limits for an integer parameter)
    3116             :  * and also calls any check hook the parameter may have.
    3117             :  *
    3118             :  * record: GUC variable's info record
    3119             :  * value: proposed value, as a string
    3120             :  * source: identifies source of value (check hooks may need this)
    3121             :  * elevel: level to log any error reports at
    3122             :  * newval: on success, converted parameter value is returned here
    3123             :  * newextra: on success, receives any "extra" data returned by check hook
    3124             :  *  (caller must initialize *newextra to NULL)
    3125             :  *
    3126             :  * Returns true if OK, false if not (or throws error, if elevel >= ERROR)
    3127             :  */
    3128             : static bool
    3129      801996 : parse_and_validate_value(struct config_generic *record,
    3130             :                          const char *value,
    3131             :                          GucSource source, int elevel,
    3132             :                          union config_var_val *newval, void **newextra)
    3133             : {
    3134      801996 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3135             :     {
    3136      136686 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3137             :             {
    3138      136686 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    3139             : 
    3140      136686 :                 if (!parse_bool(value, &newval->boolval))
    3141             :                 {
    3142           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3143             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3144             :                              errmsg("parameter \"%s\" requires a Boolean value",
    3145             :                                     conf->gen.name)));
    3146           0 :                     return false;
    3147             :                 }
    3148             : 
    3149      136686 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval->boolval, newextra,
    3150             :                                           source, elevel))
    3151           0 :                     return false;
    3152             :             }
    3153      136662 :             break;
    3154       80544 :         case PGC_INT:
    3155             :             {
    3156       80544 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    3157             :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3158             : 
    3159       80544 :                 if (!parse_int(value, &newval->intval,
    3160             :                                conf->gen.flags, &hintmsg))
    3161             :                 {
    3162           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3163             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3164             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3165             :                                     conf->gen.name, value),
    3166             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3167           0 :                     return false;
    3168             :                 }
    3169             : 
    3170       80544 :                 if (newval->intval < conf->min || newval->intval > conf->max)
    3171             :                 {
    3172           0 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(conf->gen.flags);
    3173             :                     const char *unitspace;
    3174             : 
    3175           0 :                     if (unit)
    3176           0 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3177             :                     else
    3178           0 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3179             : 
    3180           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3181             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3182             :                              errmsg("%d%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%d%s%s .. %d%s%s)",
    3183             :                                     newval->intval, unitspace, unit,
    3184             :                                     conf->gen.name,
    3185             :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3186             :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3187           0 :                     return false;
    3188             :                 }
    3189             : 
    3190       80544 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval->intval, newextra,
    3191             :                                          source, elevel))
    3192           0 :                     return false;
    3193             :             }
    3194       80544 :             break;
    3195        8000 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3196             :             {
    3197        8000 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    3198             :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3199             : 
    3200        8000 :                 if (!parse_real(value, &newval->realval,
    3201             :                                 conf->gen.flags, &hintmsg))
    3202             :                 {
    3203           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3204             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3205             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3206             :                                     conf->gen.name, value),
    3207             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3208           0 :                     return false;
    3209             :                 }
    3210             : 
    3211        7994 :                 if (newval->realval < conf->min || newval->realval > conf->max)
    3212             :                 {
    3213           6 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(conf->gen.flags);
    3214             :                     const char *unitspace;
    3215             : 
    3216           6 :                     if (unit)
    3217           6 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3218             :                     else
    3219           0 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3220             : 
    3221           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3222             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3223             :                              errmsg("%g%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%g%s%s .. %g%s%s)",
    3224             :                                     newval->realval, unitspace, unit,
    3225             :                                     conf->gen.name,
    3226             :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3227             :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3228           0 :                     return false;
    3229             :                 }
    3230             : 
    3231        7988 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval->realval, newextra,
    3232             :                                           source, elevel))
    3233           0 :                     return false;
    3234             :             }
    3235        7988 :             break;
    3236      517404 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3237             :             {
    3238      517404 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    3239             : 
    3240             :                 /*
    3241             :                  * The value passed by the caller could be transient, so we
    3242             :                  * always strdup it.
    3243             :                  */
    3244      517404 :                 newval->stringval = guc_strdup(elevel, value);
    3245      517404 :                 if (newval->stringval == NULL)
    3246           0 :                     return false;
    3247             : 
    3248             :                 /*
    3249             :                  * The only built-in "parsing" check we have is to apply
    3250             :                  * truncation if GUC_IS_NAME.
    3251             :                  */
    3252      517404 :                 if (conf->gen.flags & GUC_IS_NAME)
    3253      156064 :                     truncate_identifier(newval->stringval,
    3254      156064 :                                         strlen(newval->stringval),
    3255             :                                         true);
    3256             : 
    3257      517404 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval->stringval, newextra,
    3258             :                                             source, elevel))
    3259             :                 {
    3260           0 :                     guc_free(newval->stringval);
    3261           0 :                     newval->stringval = NULL;
    3262           0 :                     return false;
    3263             :                 }
    3264             :             }
    3265      517362 :             break;
    3266       59362 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    3267             :             {
    3268       59362 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    3269             : 
    3270       59362 :                 if (!config_enum_lookup_by_name(conf, value, &newval->enumval))
    3271             :                 {
    3272             :                     char       *hintmsg;
    3273             : 
    3274          36 :                     hintmsg = config_enum_get_options(conf,
    3275             :                                                       "Available values: ",
    3276             :                                                       ".", ", ");
    3277             : 
    3278          36 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3279             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3280             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3281             :                                     conf->gen.name, value),
    3282             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3283             : 
    3284           0 :                     if (hintmsg)
    3285           0 :                         pfree(hintmsg);
    3286           0 :                     return false;
    3287             :                 }
    3288             : 
    3289       59326 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval->enumval, newextra,
    3290             :                                           source, elevel))
    3291           0 :                     return false;
    3292             :             }
    3293       59324 :             break;
    3294             :     }
    3295             : 
    3296      801880 :     return true;
    3297             : }
    3298             : 
    3299             : 
    3300             : /*
    3301             :  * set_config_option: sets option `name' to given value.
    3302             :  *
    3303             :  * The value should be a string, which will be parsed and converted to
    3304             :  * the appropriate data type.  The context and source parameters indicate
    3305             :  * in which context this function is being called, so that it can apply the
    3306             :  * access restrictions properly.
    3307             :  *
    3308             :  * If value is NULL, set the option to its default value (normally the
    3309             :  * reset_val, but if source == PGC_S_DEFAULT we instead use the boot_val).
    3310             :  *
    3311             :  * action indicates whether to set the value globally in the session, locally
    3312             :  * to the current top transaction, or just for the duration of a function call.
    3313             :  *
    3314             :  * If changeVal is false then don't really set the option but do all
    3315             :  * the checks to see if it would work.
    3316             :  *
    3317             :  * elevel should normally be passed as zero, allowing this function to make
    3318             :  * its standard choice of ereport level.  However some callers need to be
    3319             :  * able to override that choice; they should pass the ereport level to use.
    3320             :  *
    3321             :  * is_reload should be true only when called from read_nondefault_variables()
    3322             :  * or RestoreGUCState(), where we are trying to load some other process's
    3323             :  * GUC settings into a new process.
    3324             :  *
    3325             :  * Return value:
    3326             :  *  +1: the value is valid and was successfully applied.
    3327             :  *  0:  the name or value is invalid, or it's invalid to try to set
    3328             :  *      this GUC now; but elevel was less than ERROR (see below).
    3329             :  *  -1: no error detected, but the value was not applied, either
    3330             :  *      because changeVal is false or there is some overriding setting.
    3331             :  *
    3332             :  * If there is an error (non-existing option, invalid value, etc) then an
    3333             :  * ereport(ERROR) is thrown *unless* this is called for a source for which
    3334             :  * we don't want an ERROR (currently, those are defaults, the config file,
    3335             :  * and per-database or per-user settings, as well as callers who specify
    3336             :  * a less-than-ERROR elevel).  In those cases we write a suitable error
    3337             :  * message via ereport() and return 0.
    3338             :  *
    3339             :  * See also SetConfigOption for an external interface.
    3340             :  */
    3341             : int
    3342      680768 : set_config_option(const char *name, const char *value,
    3343             :                   GucContext context, GucSource source,
    3344             :                   GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3345             :                   bool is_reload)
    3346             : {
    3347             :     Oid         srole;
    3348             : 
    3349             :     /*
    3350             :      * Non-interactive sources should be treated as having all privileges,
    3351             :      * except for PGC_S_CLIENT.  Note in particular that this is true for
    3352             :      * pg_db_role_setting sources (PGC_S_GLOBAL etc): we assume a suitable
    3353             :      * privilege check was done when the pg_db_role_setting entry was made.
    3354             :      */
    3355      680768 :     if (source >= PGC_S_INTERACTIVE || source == PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3356      352598 :         srole = GetUserId();
    3357             :     else
    3358      328170 :         srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    3359             : 
    3360      680768 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3361             :                                   context, source, srole,
    3362             :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3363             :                                   is_reload);
    3364             : }
    3365             : 
    3366             : /*
    3367             :  * set_config_option_ext: sets option `name' to given value.
    3368             :  *
    3369             :  * This API adds the ability to explicitly specify which role OID
    3370             :  * is considered to be setting the value.  Most external callers can use
    3371             :  * set_config_option() and let it determine that based on the GucSource,
    3372             :  * but there are a few that are supplying a value that was determined
    3373             :  * in some special way and need to override the decision.  Also, when
    3374             :  * restoring a previously-assigned value, it's important to supply the
    3375             :  * same role OID that set the value originally; so all guc.c callers
    3376             :  * that are doing that type of thing need to call this directly.
    3377             :  *
    3378             :  * Generally, srole should be GetUserId() when the source is a SQL operation,
    3379             :  * or BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID if the source is a config file or similar.
    3380             :  */
    3381             : int
    3382       97124 : set_config_option_ext(const char *name, const char *value,
    3383             :                       GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3384             :                       GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3385             :                       bool is_reload)
    3386             : {
    3387       97124 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3388             :                                   context, source, srole,
    3389             :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3390             :                                   is_reload);
    3391             : }
    3392             : 
    3393             : 
    3394             : /*
    3395             :  * set_config_with_handle: sets option `name' to given value.
    3396             :  *
    3397             :  * This API adds the ability to pass a 'handle' argument, which can be
    3398             :  * obtained by the caller from get_config_handle().  NULL has no effect,
    3399             :  * but a non-null value avoids the need to search the GUC tables.
    3400             :  *
    3401             :  * This should be used by callers which repeatedly set the same config
    3402             :  * option(s), and want to avoid the overhead of a hash lookup each time.
    3403             :  */
    3404             : int
    3405      807100 : set_config_with_handle(const char *name, config_handle *handle,
    3406             :                        const char *value,
    3407             :                        GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3408             :                        GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3409             :                        bool is_reload)
    3410             : {
    3411             :     struct config_generic *record;
    3412             :     union config_var_val newval_union;
    3413      807100 :     void       *newextra = NULL;
    3414      807100 :     bool        prohibitValueChange = false;
    3415             :     bool        makeDefault;
    3416             : 
    3417      807100 :     if (elevel == 0)
    3418             :     {
    3419      680920 :         if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT || source == PGC_S_FILE)
    3420             :         {
    3421             :             /*
    3422             :              * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly
    3423             :              * about problems with the config file.
    3424             :              */
    3425       67602 :             elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    3426             :         }
    3427      613318 :         else if (source == PGC_S_GLOBAL ||
    3428      573714 :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE ||
    3429      573710 :                  source == PGC_S_USER ||
    3430             :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE_USER)
    3431       39608 :             elevel = WARNING;
    3432             :         else
    3433      573710 :             elevel = ERROR;
    3434             :     }
    3435             : 
    3436             :     /* if handle is specified, no need to look up option */
    3437      807100 :     if (!handle)
    3438             :     {
    3439      806952 :         record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    3440      806880 :         if (record == NULL)
    3441           0 :             return 0;
    3442             :     }
    3443             :     else
    3444         148 :         record = handle;
    3445             : 
    3446             :     /*
    3447             :      * GUC_ACTION_SAVE changes are acceptable during a parallel operation,
    3448             :      * because the current worker will also pop the change.  We're probably
    3449             :      * dealing with a function having a proconfig entry.  Only the function's
    3450             :      * body should observe the change, and peer workers do not share in the
    3451             :      * execution of a function call started by this worker.
    3452             :      *
    3453             :      * Also allow normal setting if the GUC is marked GUC_ALLOW_IN_PARALLEL.
    3454             :      *
    3455             :      * Other changes might need to affect other workers, so forbid them.
    3456             :      */
    3457      807028 :     if (IsInParallelMode() && changeVal && action != GUC_ACTION_SAVE &&
    3458          18 :         (record->flags & GUC_ALLOW_IN_PARALLEL) == 0)
    3459             :     {
    3460           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    3461             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE),
    3462             :                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set during a parallel operation",
    3463             :                         record->name)));
    3464           0 :         return 0;
    3465             :     }
    3466             : 
    3467             :     /*
    3468             :      * Check if the option can be set at this time. See guc.h for the precise
    3469             :      * rules.
    3470             :      */
    3471      807028 :     switch (record->context)
    3472             :     {
    3473      114896 :         case PGC_INTERNAL:
    3474      114896 :             if (context != PGC_INTERNAL)
    3475             :             {
    3476           4 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3477             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3478             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    3479             :                                 record->name)));
    3480           0 :                 return 0;
    3481             :             }
    3482      114892 :             break;
    3483       43686 :         case PGC_POSTMASTER:
    3484       43686 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3485             :             {
    3486             :                 /*
    3487             :                  * We are re-reading a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
    3488             :                  * postgresql.conf.  We can't change the setting, so we should
    3489             :                  * give a warning if the DBA tries to change it.  However,
    3490             :                  * because of variant formats, canonicalization by check
    3491             :                  * hooks, etc, we can't just compare the given string directly
    3492             :                  * to what's stored.  Set a flag to check below after we have
    3493             :                  * the final storable value.
    3494             :                  */
    3495        8082 :                 prohibitValueChange = true;
    3496             :             }
    3497       35604 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3498             :             {
    3499           8 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3500             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3501             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3502             :                                 record->name)));
    3503           0 :                 return 0;
    3504             :             }
    3505       43678 :             break;
    3506       41470 :         case PGC_SIGHUP:
    3507       41470 :             if (context != PGC_SIGHUP && context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3508             :             {
    3509           6 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3510             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3511             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed now",
    3512             :                                 record->name)));
    3513           0 :                 return 0;
    3514             :             }
    3515             : 
    3516             :             /*
    3517             :              * Hmm, the idea of the SIGHUP context is "ought to be global, but
    3518             :              * can be changed after postmaster start". But there's nothing
    3519             :              * that prevents a crafty administrator from sending SIGHUP
    3520             :              * signals to individual backends only.
    3521             :              */
    3522       41464 :             break;
    3523         282 :         case PGC_SU_BACKEND:
    3524         282 :             if (context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3525             :             {
    3526             :                 /*
    3527             :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3528             :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3529             :                  */
    3530             :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3531             : 
    3532           0 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(record->name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3533           0 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3534             :                 {
    3535             :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3536           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3537             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3538             :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3539             :                                     record->name)));
    3540           0 :                     return 0;
    3541             :                 }
    3542             :             }
    3543             :             /* fall through to process the same as PGC_BACKEND */
    3544             :             /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3545             :         case PGC_BACKEND:
    3546         286 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3547             :             {
    3548             :                 /*
    3549             :                  * If a PGC_BACKEND or PGC_SU_BACKEND parameter is changed in
    3550             :                  * the config file, we want to accept the new value in the
    3551             :                  * postmaster (whence it will propagate to
    3552             :                  * subsequently-started backends), but ignore it in existing
    3553             :                  * backends.  This is a tad klugy, but necessary because we
    3554             :                  * don't re-read the config file during backend start.
    3555             :                  *
    3556             :                  * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since
    3557             :                  * we are trying to find out if the value is potentially good,
    3558             :                  * not actually use it.
    3559             :                  *
    3560             :                  * In EXEC_BACKEND builds, this works differently: we load all
    3561             :                  * non-default settings from the CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS file
    3562             :                  * during backend start.  In that case we must accept
    3563             :                  * PGC_SIGHUP settings, so as to have the same value as if
    3564             :                  * we'd forked from the postmaster.  This can also happen when
    3565             :                  * using RestoreGUCState() within a background worker that
    3566             :                  * needs to have the same settings as the user backend that
    3567             :                  * started it. is_reload will be true when either situation
    3568             :                  * applies.
    3569             :                  */
    3570         142 :                 if (IsUnderPostmaster && changeVal && !is_reload)
    3571          44 :                     return -1;
    3572             :             }
    3573         144 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    3574           8 :                      context != PGC_BACKEND &&
    3575           8 :                      context != PGC_SU_BACKEND &&
    3576             :                      source != PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3577             :             {
    3578           8 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3579             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3580             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
    3581             :                                 record->name)));
    3582           0 :                 return 0;
    3583             :             }
    3584         234 :             break;
    3585       33620 :         case PGC_SUSET:
    3586       33620 :             if (context == PGC_USERSET || context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3587             :             {
    3588             :                 /*
    3589             :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3590             :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3591             :                  */
    3592             :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3593             : 
    3594          30 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(record->name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3595          30 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3596             :                 {
    3597             :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3598          16 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3599             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3600             :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3601             :                                     record->name)));
    3602           4 :                     return 0;
    3603             :                 }
    3604             :             }
    3605       33604 :             break;
    3606      573070 :         case PGC_USERSET:
    3607             :             /* always okay */
    3608      573070 :             break;
    3609             :     }
    3610             : 
    3611             :     /*
    3612             :      * Disallow changing GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST values if we are inside a
    3613             :      * security restriction context.  We can reject this regardless of the GUC
    3614             :      * context or source, mainly because sources that it might be reasonable
    3615             :      * to override for won't be seen while inside a function.
    3616             :      *
    3617             :      * Note: variables marked GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST should usually be marked
    3618             :      * GUC_NO_RESET_ALL as well, because ResetAllOptions() doesn't check this.
    3619             :      * An exception might be made if the reset value is assumed to be "safe".
    3620             :      *
    3621             :      * Note: this flag is currently used for "session_authorization" and
    3622             :      * "role".  We need to prohibit changing these inside a local userid
    3623             :      * context because when we exit it, GUC won't be notified, leaving things
    3624             :      * out of sync.  (This could be fixed by forcing a new GUC nesting level,
    3625             :      * but that would change behavior in possibly-undesirable ways.)  Also, we
    3626             :      * prohibit changing these in a security-restricted operation because
    3627             :      * otherwise RESET could be used to regain the session user's privileges.
    3628             :      */
    3629      806942 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST)
    3630             :     {
    3631       65102 :         if (InLocalUserIdChange())
    3632             :         {
    3633             :             /*
    3634             :              * Phrasing of this error message is historical, but it's the most
    3635             :              * common case.
    3636             :              */
    3637           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3638             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3639             :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-definer function",
    3640             :                             record->name)));
    3641           0 :             return 0;
    3642             :         }
    3643       65102 :         if (InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
    3644             :         {
    3645           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3646             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3647             :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-restricted operation",
    3648             :                             record->name)));
    3649           0 :             return 0;
    3650             :         }
    3651             :     }
    3652             : 
    3653             :     /* Disallow resetting and saving GUC_NO_RESET values */
    3654      806942 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NO_RESET)
    3655             :     {
    3656       22114 :         if (value == NULL)
    3657             :         {
    3658          18 :             ereport(elevel,
    3659             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3660             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be reset", record->name)));
    3661           0 :             return 0;
    3662             :         }
    3663       22096 :         if (action == GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
    3664             :         {
    3665           6 :             ereport(elevel,
    3666             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3667             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set locally in functions",
    3668             :                             record->name)));
    3669           0 :             return 0;
    3670             :         }
    3671             :     }
    3672             : 
    3673             :     /*
    3674             :      * Should we set reset/stacked values?  (If so, the behavior is not
    3675             :      * transactional.)  This is done either when we get a default value from
    3676             :      * the database's/user's/client's default settings or when we reset a
    3677             :      * value to its default.
    3678             :      */
    3679      806920 :     makeDefault = changeVal && (source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE) &&
    3680           2 :         ((value != NULL) || source == PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    3681             : 
    3682             :     /*
    3683             :      * Ignore attempted set if overridden by previously processed setting.
    3684             :      * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since we are
    3685             :      * trying to find out if the value is potentially good, not actually use
    3686             :      * it. Also keep going if makeDefault is true, since we may want to set
    3687             :      * the reset/stacked values even if we can't set the variable itself.
    3688             :      */
    3689      806918 :     if (record->source > source)
    3690             :     {
    3691        1342 :         if (changeVal && !makeDefault)
    3692             :         {
    3693           0 :             elog(DEBUG3, "\"%s\": setting ignored because previous source is higher priority",
    3694             :                  record->name);
    3695           0 :             return -1;
    3696             :         }
    3697        1342 :         changeVal = false;
    3698             :     }
    3699             : 
    3700             :     /*
    3701             :      * Evaluate value and set variable.
    3702             :      */
    3703      806918 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3704             :     {
    3705      138008 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3706             :             {
    3707      138008 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    3708             : 
    3709             : #define newval (newval_union.boolval)
    3710             : 
    3711      138008 :                 if (value)
    3712             :                 {
    3713      136658 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3714             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3715             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3716           0 :                         return 0;
    3717             :                 }
    3718        1350 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3719             :                 {
    3720           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3721           0 :                     if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3722             :                                               source, elevel))
    3723           0 :                         return 0;
    3724             :                 }
    3725             :                 else
    3726             :                 {
    3727        1350 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3728        1350 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3729        1350 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3730        1350 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3731        1350 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3732             :                 }
    3733             : 
    3734      137984 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3735             :                 {
    3736             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3737         958 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3738           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3739             : 
    3740         958 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3741             :                     {
    3742           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3743           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3744             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3745             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3746             :                                         conf->gen.name)));
    3747           0 :                         return 0;
    3748             :                     }
    3749         958 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3750         958 :                     return -1;
    3751             :                 }
    3752             : 
    3753      137026 :                 if (changeVal)
    3754             :                 {
    3755             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3756      136956 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3757       27370 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3758             : 
    3759      136956 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3760           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3761      136956 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3762      136956 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3763             :                                     newextra);
    3764      136956 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3765      136956 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3766      136956 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3767             :                 }
    3768      137026 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3769             :                 {
    3770             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3771             : 
    3772      109632 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3773             :                     {
    3774      109586 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3775      109586 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3776             :                                         newextra);
    3777      109586 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3778      109586 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3779      109586 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3780             :                     }
    3781      109632 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3782             :                     {
    3783           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3784             :                         {
    3785           0 :                             stack->prior.val.boolval = newval;
    3786           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3787             :                                             newextra);
    3788           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3789           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3790           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3791             :                         }
    3792             :                     }
    3793             :                 }
    3794             : 
    3795             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3796      137026 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3797           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3798      137026 :                 break;
    3799             : 
    3800             : #undef newval
    3801             :             }
    3802             : 
    3803       80826 :         case PGC_INT:
    3804             :             {
    3805       80826 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    3806             : 
    3807             : #define newval (newval_union.intval)
    3808             : 
    3809       80826 :                 if (value)
    3810             :                 {
    3811       80520 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3812             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3813             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3814           0 :                         return 0;
    3815             :                 }
    3816         306 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3817             :                 {
    3818           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3819           0 :                     if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3820             :                                              source, elevel))
    3821           0 :                         return 0;
    3822             :                 }
    3823             :                 else
    3824             :                 {
    3825         306 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3826         306 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3827         306 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3828         306 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3829         306 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3830             :                 }
    3831             : 
    3832       80826 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3833             :                 {
    3834             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3835        3792 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3836           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3837             : 
    3838        3792 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3839             :                     {
    3840           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3841           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3842             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3843             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3844             :                                         conf->gen.name)));
    3845           0 :                         return 0;
    3846             :                     }
    3847        3792 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3848        3792 :                     return -1;
    3849             :                 }
    3850             : 
    3851       77034 :                 if (changeVal)
    3852             :                 {
    3853             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3854       76090 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3855       20010 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3856             : 
    3857       76090 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3858       13040 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3859       76090 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3860       76090 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3861             :                                     newextra);
    3862       76090 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3863       76090 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3864       76090 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3865             :                 }
    3866       77034 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3867             :                 {
    3868             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3869             : 
    3870       56942 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3871             :                     {
    3872       56080 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3873       56080 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3874             :                                         newextra);
    3875       56080 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3876       56080 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3877       56080 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3878             :                     }
    3879       56942 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3880             :                     {
    3881           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3882             :                         {
    3883           0 :                             stack->prior.val.intval = newval;
    3884           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3885             :                                             newextra);
    3886           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3887           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3888           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3889             :                         }
    3890             :                     }
    3891             :                 }
    3892             : 
    3893             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3894       77034 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3895           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3896       77034 :                 break;
    3897             : 
    3898             : #undef newval
    3899             :             }
    3900             : 
    3901        8142 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3902             :             {
    3903        8142 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    3904             : 
    3905             : #define newval (newval_union.realval)
    3906             : 
    3907        8142 :                 if (value)
    3908             :                 {
    3909        8000 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3910             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3911             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3912           0 :                         return 0;
    3913             :                 }
    3914         142 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3915             :                 {
    3916           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3917           0 :                     if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3918             :                                               source, elevel))
    3919           0 :                         return 0;
    3920             :                 }
    3921             :                 else
    3922             :                 {
    3923         142 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3924         142 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3925         142 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3926         142 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3927         142 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3928             :                 }
    3929             : 
    3930        8130 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3931             :                 {
    3932             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3933           0 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3934           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3935             : 
    3936           0 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3937             :                     {
    3938           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3939           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3940             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3941             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3942             :                                         conf->gen.name)));
    3943           0 :                         return 0;
    3944             :                     }
    3945           0 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3946           0 :                     return -1;
    3947             :                 }
    3948             : 
    3949        8130 :                 if (changeVal)
    3950             :                 {
    3951             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3952        8130 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3953        8130 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3954             : 
    3955        8130 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3956           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3957        8130 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3958        8130 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3959             :                                     newextra);
    3960        8130 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3961        8130 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3962        8130 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3963             :                 }
    3964        8130 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3965             :                 {
    3966             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3967             : 
    3968           0 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3969             :                     {
    3970           0 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3971           0 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3972             :                                         newextra);
    3973           0 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3974           0 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3975           0 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3976             :                     }
    3977           0 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3978             :                     {
    3979           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3980             :                         {
    3981           0 :                             stack->prior.val.realval = newval;
    3982           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3983             :                                             newextra);
    3984           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3985           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3986           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3987             :                         }
    3988             :                     }
    3989             :                 }
    3990             : 
    3991             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3992        8130 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3993           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3994        8130 :                 break;
    3995             : 
    3996             : #undef newval
    3997             :             }
    3998             : 
    3999      520132 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4000             :             {
    4001      520132 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    4002      520132 :                 GucContext  orig_context = context;
    4003      520132 :                 GucSource   orig_source = source;
    4004      520132 :                 Oid         orig_srole = srole;
    4005             : 
    4006             : #define newval (newval_union.stringval)
    4007             : 
    4008      520132 :                 if (value)
    4009             :                 {
    4010      517374 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    4011             :                                                   source, elevel,
    4012             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    4013           0 :                         return 0;
    4014             :                 }
    4015        2758 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    4016             :                 {
    4017             :                     /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    4018           2 :                     if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    4019             :                     {
    4020           2 :                         newval = guc_strdup(elevel, conf->boot_val);
    4021           2 :                         if (newval == NULL)
    4022           0 :                             return 0;
    4023             :                     }
    4024             :                     else
    4025           0 :                         newval = NULL;
    4026             : 
    4027           2 :                     if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    4028             :                                                 source, elevel))
    4029             :                     {
    4030           0 :                         guc_free(newval);
    4031           0 :                         return 0;
    4032             :                     }
    4033             :                 }
    4034             :                 else
    4035             :                 {
    4036             :                     /*
    4037             :                      * strdup not needed, since reset_val is already under
    4038             :                      * guc.c's control
    4039             :                      */
    4040        2756 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    4041        2756 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    4042        2756 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    4043        2756 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    4044        2756 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    4045             :                 }
    4046             : 
    4047      520090 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    4048             :                 {
    4049             :                     bool        newval_different;
    4050             : 
    4051             :                     /* newval shouldn't be NULL, so we're a bit sloppy here */
    4052        4830 :                     newval_different = (*conf->variable == NULL ||
    4053        3220 :                                         newval == NULL ||
    4054        1610 :                                         strcmp(*conf->variable, newval) != 0);
    4055             : 
    4056             :                     /* Release newval, unless it's reset_val */
    4057        1610 :                     if (newval && !string_field_used(conf, newval))
    4058        1610 :                         guc_free(newval);
    4059             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    4060        1610 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4061           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    4062             : 
    4063        1610 :                     if (newval_different)
    4064             :                     {
    4065           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4066           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    4067             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4068             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    4069             :                                         conf->gen.name)));
    4070           0 :                         return 0;
    4071             :                     }
    4072        1610 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4073        1610 :                     return -1;
    4074             :                 }
    4075             : 
    4076      518480 :                 if (changeVal)
    4077             :                 {
    4078             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    4079      517008 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    4080      257602 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    4081             : 
    4082      517008 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    4083      468628 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    4084      517006 :                     set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
    4085      517006 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    4086             :                                     newextra);
    4087      517006 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    4088      517006 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    4089      517006 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    4090             : 
    4091             :                     /*
    4092             :                      * Ugly hack: during SET session_authorization, forcibly
    4093             :                      * do SET ROLE NONE with the same context/source/etc, so
    4094             :                      * that the effects will have identical lifespan.  This is
    4095             :                      * required by the SQL spec, and it's not possible to do
    4096             :                      * it within the variable's check hook or assign hook
    4097             :                      * because our APIs for those don't pass enough info.
    4098             :                      * However, don't do it if is_reload: in that case we
    4099             :                      * expect that if "role" isn't supposed to be default, it
    4100             :                      * has been or will be set by a separate reload action.
    4101             :                      *
    4102             :                      * Also, for the call from InitializeSessionUserId with
    4103             :                      * source == PGC_S_OVERRIDE, use PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT for
    4104             :                      * "role"'s source, so that it's still possible to set
    4105             :                      * "role" from pg_db_role_setting entries.  (See notes in
    4106             :                      * InitializeSessionUserId before changing this.)
    4107             :                      *
    4108             :                      * A fine point: for RESET session_authorization, we do
    4109             :                      * "RESET role" not "SET ROLE NONE" (by passing down NULL
    4110             :                      * rather than "none" for the value).  This would have the
    4111             :                      * same effects in typical cases, but if the reset value
    4112             :                      * of "role" is not "none" it seems better to revert to
    4113             :                      * that.
    4114             :                      */
    4115      517006 :                     if (!is_reload &&
    4116      477884 :                         strcmp(conf->gen.name, "session_authorization") == 0)
    4117       29060 :                         (void) set_config_with_handle("role", NULL,
    4118             :                                                       value ? "none" : NULL,
    4119             :                                                       orig_context,
    4120             :                                                       (orig_source == PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    4121             :                                                       ? PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT
    4122             :                                                       : orig_source,
    4123             :                                                       orig_srole,
    4124             :                                                       action,
    4125             :                                                       true,
    4126             :                                                       elevel,
    4127             :                                                       false);
    4128             :                 }
    4129             : 
    4130      518478 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4131             :                 {
    4132             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    4133             : 
    4134      259764 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    4135             :                     {
    4136      259404 :                         set_string_field(conf, &conf->reset_val, newval);
    4137      259404 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    4138             :                                         newextra);
    4139      259404 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    4140      259404 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    4141      259404 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    4142             :                     }
    4143      259764 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4144             :                     {
    4145           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4146             :                         {
    4147           0 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4148             :                                              newval);
    4149           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    4150             :                                             newextra);
    4151           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4152           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4153           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4154             :                         }
    4155             :                     }
    4156             :                 }
    4157             : 
    4158             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newval anywhere */
    4159      518478 :                 if (newval && !string_field_used(conf, newval))
    4160        1452 :                     guc_free(newval);
    4161             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4162      518478 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4163         454 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4164      518478 :                 break;
    4165             : 
    4166             : #undef newval
    4167             :             }
    4168             : 
    4169       59810 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4170             :             {
    4171       59810 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    4172             : 
    4173             : #define newval (newval_union.enumval)
    4174             : 
    4175       59810 :                 if (value)
    4176             :                 {
    4177       59356 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    4178             :                                                   source, elevel,
    4179             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    4180           0 :                         return 0;
    4181             :                 }
    4182         454 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    4183             :                 {
    4184           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    4185           0 :                     if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    4186             :                                               source, elevel))
    4187           0 :                         return 0;
    4188             :                 }
    4189             :                 else
    4190             :                 {
    4191         454 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    4192         454 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    4193         454 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    4194         454 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    4195         454 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    4196             :                 }
    4197             : 
    4198       59772 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    4199             :                 {
    4200             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    4201        1722 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4202           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    4203             : 
    4204        1722 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    4205             :                     {
    4206           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4207           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    4208             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4209             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    4210             :                                         conf->gen.name)));
    4211           0 :                         return 0;
    4212             :                     }
    4213        1722 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4214        1722 :                     return -1;
    4215             :                 }
    4216             : 
    4217       58050 :                 if (changeVal)
    4218             :                 {
    4219             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    4220       57846 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    4221       18850 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    4222             : 
    4223       57846 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    4224        5002 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    4225       57846 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    4226       57846 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    4227             :                                     newextra);
    4228       57846 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    4229       57846 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    4230       57846 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    4231             :                 }
    4232       58050 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4233             :                 {
    4234             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    4235             : 
    4236       38996 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    4237             :                     {
    4238       38996 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    4239       38996 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    4240             :                                         newextra);
    4241       38996 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    4242       38996 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    4243       38996 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    4244             :                     }
    4245       38996 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4246             :                     {
    4247           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4248             :                         {
    4249           0 :                             stack->prior.val.enumval = newval;
    4250           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    4251             :                                             newextra);
    4252           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4253           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4254           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4255             :                         }
    4256             :                     }
    4257             :                 }
    4258             : 
    4259             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4260       58050 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4261           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4262       58050 :                 break;
    4263             : 
    4264             : #undef newval
    4265             :             }
    4266             :     }
    4267             : 
    4268      798718 :     if (changeVal && (record->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    4269      485816 :         !(record->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    4270             :     {
    4271      231858 :         record->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    4272      231858 :         slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &record->report_link);
    4273             :     }
    4274             : 
    4275      798718 :     return changeVal ? 1 : -1;
    4276             : }
    4277             : 
    4278             : 
    4279             : /*
    4280             :  * Retrieve a config_handle for the given name, suitable for calling
    4281             :  * set_config_with_handle(). Only return handle to permanent GUC.
    4282             :  */
    4283             : config_handle *
    4284         116 : get_config_handle(const char *name)
    4285             : {
    4286         116 :     struct config_generic *gen = find_option(name, false, false, 0);
    4287             : 
    4288         116 :     if (gen && ((gen->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0))
    4289         116 :         return gen;
    4290             : 
    4291           0 :     return NULL;
    4292             : }
    4293             : 
    4294             : 
    4295             : /*
    4296             :  * Set the fields for source file and line number the setting came from.
    4297             :  */
    4298             : static void
    4299      113524 : set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile, int sourceline)
    4300             : {
    4301             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4302             :     int         elevel;
    4303             : 
    4304             :     /*
    4305             :      * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly about
    4306             :      * problems with the config file.
    4307             :      */
    4308      113524 :     elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    4309             : 
    4310      113524 :     record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    4311             :     /* should not happen */
    4312      113524 :     if (record == NULL)
    4313           0 :         return;
    4314             : 
    4315      113524 :     sourcefile = guc_strdup(elevel, sourcefile);
    4316      113524 :     guc_free(record->sourcefile);
    4317      113524 :     record->sourcefile = sourcefile;
    4318      113524 :     record->sourceline = sourceline;
    4319             : }
    4320             : 
    4321             : /*
    4322             :  * Set a config option to the given value.
    4323             :  *
    4324             :  * See also set_config_option; this is just the wrapper to be called from
    4325             :  * outside GUC.  (This function should be used when possible, because its API
    4326             :  * is more stable than set_config_option's.)
    4327             :  *
    4328             :  * Note: there is no support here for setting source file/line, as it
    4329             :  * is currently not needed.
    4330             :  */
    4331             : void
    4332      263984 : SetConfigOption(const char *name, const char *value,
    4333             :                 GucContext context, GucSource source)
    4334             : {
    4335      263984 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value, context, source,
    4336             :                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false);
    4337      263936 : }
    4338             : 
    4339             : 
    4340             : 
    4341             : /*
    4342             :  * Fetch the current value of the option `name', as a string.
    4343             :  *
    4344             :  * If the option doesn't exist, return NULL if missing_ok is true,
    4345             :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4346             :  *
    4347             :  * If restrict_privileged is true, we also enforce that only superusers and
    4348             :  * members of the pg_read_all_settings role can see GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
    4349             :  * variables.  This should only be passed as true in user-driven calls.
    4350             :  *
    4351             :  * The string is *not* allocated for modification and is really only
    4352             :  * valid until the next call to configuration related functions.
    4353             :  */
    4354             : const char *
    4355       11592 : GetConfigOption(const char *name, bool missing_ok, bool restrict_privileged)
    4356             : {
    4357             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4358             :     static char buffer[256];
    4359             : 
    4360       11592 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4361       11592 :     if (record == NULL)
    4362           2 :         return NULL;
    4363       11590 :     if (restrict_privileged &&
    4364           0 :         !ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4365           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4366             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4367             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4368             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4369             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4370             : 
    4371       11590 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4372             :     {
    4373        2192 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4374        2192 :             return *((struct config_bool *) record)->variable ? "on" : "off";
    4375             : 
    4376        2782 :         case PGC_INT:
    4377        2782 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4378        2782 :                      *((struct config_int *) record)->variable);
    4379        2782 :             return buffer;
    4380             : 
    4381           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4382           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4383           0 :                      *((struct config_real *) record)->variable);
    4384           0 :             return buffer;
    4385             : 
    4386        5422 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4387        5422 :             return *((struct config_string *) record)->variable ?
    4388        5422 :                 *((struct config_string *) record)->variable : "";
    4389             : 
    4390        1194 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4391        1194 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
    4392        1194 :                                                *((struct config_enum *) record)->variable);
    4393             :     }
    4394           0 :     return NULL;
    4395             : }
    4396             : 
    4397             : /*
    4398             :  * Get the RESET value associated with the given option.
    4399             :  *
    4400             :  * Note: this is not re-entrant, due to use of static result buffer;
    4401             :  * not to mention that a string variable could have its reset_val changed.
    4402             :  * Beware of assuming the result value is good for very long.
    4403             :  */
    4404             : const char *
    4405           0 : GetConfigOptionResetString(const char *name)
    4406             : {
    4407             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4408             :     static char buffer[256];
    4409             : 
    4410           0 :     record = find_option(name, false, false, ERROR);
    4411             :     Assert(record != NULL);
    4412           0 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4413           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4414             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4415             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4416             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4417             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4418             : 
    4419           0 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4420             :     {
    4421           0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4422           0 :             return ((struct config_bool *) record)->reset_val ? "on" : "off";
    4423             : 
    4424           0 :         case PGC_INT:
    4425           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4426             :                      ((struct config_int *) record)->reset_val);
    4427           0 :             return buffer;
    4428             : 
    4429           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4430           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4431             :                      ((struct config_real *) record)->reset_val);
    4432           0 :             return buffer;
    4433             : 
    4434           0 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4435           0 :             return ((struct config_string *) record)->reset_val ?
    4436           0 :                 ((struct config_string *) record)->reset_val : "";
    4437             : 
    4438           0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4439           0 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
    4440             :                                                ((struct config_enum *) record)->reset_val);
    4441             :     }
    4442           0 :     return NULL;
    4443             : }
    4444             : 
    4445             : /*
    4446             :  * Get the GUC flags associated with the given option.
    4447             :  *
    4448             :  * If the option doesn't exist, return 0 if missing_ok is true,
    4449             :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4450             :  */
    4451             : int
    4452          34 : GetConfigOptionFlags(const char *name, bool missing_ok)
    4453             : {
    4454             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4455             : 
    4456          34 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4457          34 :     if (record == NULL)
    4458           0 :         return 0;
    4459          34 :     return record->flags;
    4460             : }
    4461             : 
    4462             : 
    4463             : /*
    4464             :  * Write updated configuration parameter values into a temporary file.
    4465             :  * This function traverses the list of parameters and quotes the string
    4466             :  * values before writing them.
    4467             :  */
    4468             : static void
    4469         130 : write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head)
    4470             : {
    4471             :     StringInfoData buf;
    4472             :     ConfigVariable *item;
    4473             : 
    4474         130 :     initStringInfo(&buf);
    4475             : 
    4476             :     /* Emit file header containing warning comment */
    4477         130 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# Do not edit this file manually!\n");
    4478         130 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# It will be overwritten by the ALTER SYSTEM command.\n");
    4479             : 
    4480         130 :     errno = 0;
    4481         130 :     if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4482             :     {
    4483             :         /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4484           0 :         if (errno == 0)
    4485           0 :             errno = ENOSPC;
    4486           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4487             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4488             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4489             :     }
    4490             : 
    4491             :     /* Emit each parameter, properly quoting the value */
    4492         286 :     for (item = head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
    4493             :     {
    4494             :         char       *escaped;
    4495             : 
    4496         156 :         resetStringInfo(&buf);
    4497             : 
    4498         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, item->name);
    4499         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, " = '");
    4500             : 
    4501         156 :         escaped = escape_single_quotes_ascii(item->value);
    4502         156 :         if (!escaped)
    4503           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4504             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    4505             :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
    4506         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, escaped);
    4507         156 :         free(escaped);
    4508             : 
    4509         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, "'\n");
    4510             : 
    4511         156 :         errno = 0;
    4512         156 :         if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4513             :         {
    4514             :             /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4515           0 :             if (errno == 0)
    4516           0 :                 errno = ENOSPC;
    4517           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4518             :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4519             :                      errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4520             :         }
    4521             :     }
    4522             : 
    4523             :     /* fsync before considering the write to be successful */
    4524         130 :     if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
    4525           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4526             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4527             :                  errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4528             : 
    4529         130 :     pfree(buf.data);
    4530         130 : }
    4531             : 
    4532             : /*
    4533             :  * Update the given list of configuration parameters, adding, replacing
    4534             :  * or deleting the entry for item "name" (delete if "value" == NULL).
    4535             :  */
    4536             : static void
    4537         130 : replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
    4538             :                           const char *name, const char *value)
    4539             : {
    4540             :     ConfigVariable *item,
    4541             :                *next,
    4542         130 :                *prev = NULL;
    4543             : 
    4544             :     /*
    4545             :      * Remove any existing match(es) for "name".  Normally there'd be at most
    4546             :      * one, but if external tools have modified the config file, there could
    4547             :      * be more.
    4548             :      */
    4549         258 :     for (item = *head_p; item != NULL; item = next)
    4550             :     {
    4551         128 :         next = item->next;
    4552         128 :         if (guc_name_compare(item->name, name) == 0)
    4553             :         {
    4554             :             /* found a match, delete it */
    4555          62 :             if (prev)
    4556          10 :                 prev->next = next;
    4557             :             else
    4558          52 :                 *head_p = next;
    4559          62 :             if (next == NULL)
    4560          56 :                 *tail_p = prev;
    4561             : 
    4562          62 :             pfree(item->name);
    4563          62 :             pfree(item->value);
    4564          62 :             pfree(item->filename);
    4565          62 :             pfree(item);
    4566             :         }
    4567             :         else
    4568          66 :             prev = item;
    4569             :     }
    4570             : 
    4571             :     /* Done if we're trying to delete it */
    4572         130 :     if (value == NULL)
    4573          40 :         return;
    4574             : 
    4575             :     /* OK, append a new entry */
    4576          90 :     item = palloc(sizeof *item);
    4577          90 :     item->name = pstrdup(name);
    4578          90 :     item->value = pstrdup(value);
    4579          90 :     item->errmsg = NULL;
    4580          90 :     item->filename = pstrdup("");  /* new item has no location */
    4581          90 :     item->sourceline = 0;
    4582          90 :     item->ignore = false;
    4583          90 :     item->applied = false;
    4584          90 :     item->next = NULL;
    4585             : 
    4586          90 :     if (*head_p == NULL)
    4587          64 :         *head_p = item;
    4588             :     else
    4589          26 :         (*tail_p)->next = item;
    4590          90 :     *tail_p = item;
    4591             : }
    4592             : 
    4593             : 
    4594             : /*
    4595             :  * Execute ALTER SYSTEM statement.
    4596             :  *
    4597             :  * Read the old PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, merge in the new variable value,
    4598             :  * and write out an updated file.  If the command is ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL,
    4599             :  * we can skip reading the old file and just write an empty file.
    4600             :  *
    4601             :  * An LWLock is used to serialize updates of the configuration file.
    4602             :  *
    4603             :  * In case of an error, we leave the original automatic
    4604             :  * configuration file (PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME) intact.
    4605             :  */
    4606             : void
    4607         170 : AlterSystemSetConfigFile(AlterSystemStmt *altersysstmt)
    4608             : {
    4609             :     char       *name;
    4610             :     char       *value;
    4611         170 :     bool        resetall = false;
    4612         170 :     ConfigVariable *head = NULL;
    4613         170 :     ConfigVariable *tail = NULL;
    4614             :     volatile int Tmpfd;
    4615             :     char        AutoConfFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4616             :     char        AutoConfTmpFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4617             : 
    4618             :     /*
    4619             :      * Extract statement arguments
    4620             :      */
    4621         170 :     name = altersysstmt->setstmt->name;
    4622             : 
    4623         170 :     if (!AllowAlterSystem)
    4624           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4625             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4626             :                  errmsg("ALTER SYSTEM is not allowed in this environment")));
    4627             : 
    4628         170 :     switch (altersysstmt->setstmt->kind)
    4629             :     {
    4630         116 :         case VAR_SET_VALUE:
    4631         116 :             value = ExtractSetVariableArgs(altersysstmt->setstmt);
    4632         116 :             break;
    4633             : 
    4634          52 :         case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
    4635             :         case VAR_RESET:
    4636          52 :             value = NULL;
    4637          52 :             break;
    4638             : 
    4639           2 :         case VAR_RESET_ALL:
    4640           2 :             value = NULL;
    4641           2 :             resetall = true;
    4642           2 :             break;
    4643             : 
    4644           0 :         default:
    4645           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter system stmt type: %d",
    4646             :                  altersysstmt->setstmt->kind);
    4647             :             break;
    4648             :     }
    4649             : 
    4650             :     /*
    4651             :      * Check permission to run ALTER SYSTEM on the target variable
    4652             :      */
    4653         170 :     if (!superuser())
    4654             :     {
    4655          46 :         if (resetall)
    4656           2 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4657             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4658             :                      errmsg("permission denied to perform ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL")));
    4659             :         else
    4660             :         {
    4661             :             AclResult   aclresult;
    4662             : 
    4663          44 :             aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(),
    4664             :                                               ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM);
    4665          44 :             if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    4666          26 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4667             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4668             :                          errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    4669             :                                 name)));
    4670             :         }
    4671             :     }
    4672             : 
    4673             :     /*
    4674             :      * Unless it's RESET_ALL, validate the target variable and value
    4675             :      */
    4676         142 :     if (!resetall)
    4677             :     {
    4678             :         struct config_generic *record;
    4679             : 
    4680             :         /* We don't want to create a placeholder if there's not one already */
    4681         142 :         record = find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5);
    4682         142 :         if (record != NULL)
    4683             :         {
    4684             :             /*
    4685             :              * Don't allow parameters that can't be set in configuration files
    4686             :              * to be set in PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file.
    4687             :              */
    4688         140 :             if ((record->context == PGC_INTERNAL) ||
    4689         136 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE) ||
    4690         128 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE))
    4691          12 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4692             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4693             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    4694             :                                 name)));
    4695             : 
    4696             :             /*
    4697             :              * If a value is specified, verify that it's sane.
    4698             :              */
    4699         128 :             if (value)
    4700             :             {
    4701             :                 union config_var_val newval;
    4702          88 :                 void       *newextra = NULL;
    4703             : 
    4704          88 :                 if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    4705             :                                               PGC_S_FILE, ERROR,
    4706             :                                               &newval, &newextra))
    4707           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    4708             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4709             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    4710             :                                     name, value)));
    4711             : 
    4712          88 :                 if (record->vartype == PGC_STRING && newval.stringval != NULL)
    4713          30 :                     guc_free(newval.stringval);
    4714          88 :                 guc_free(newextra);
    4715             :             }
    4716             :         }
    4717             :         else
    4718             :         {
    4719             :             /*
    4720             :              * Variable not known; check we'd be allowed to create it.  (We
    4721             :              * cannot validate the value, but that's fine.  A non-core GUC in
    4722             :              * the config file cannot cause postmaster start to fail, so we
    4723             :              * don't have to be too tense about possibly installing a bad
    4724             :              * value.)
    4725             :              */
    4726           2 :             (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    4727             :         }
    4728             : 
    4729             :         /*
    4730             :          * We must also reject values containing newlines, because the grammar
    4731             :          * for config files doesn't support embedded newlines in string
    4732             :          * literals.
    4733             :          */
    4734         130 :         if (value && strchr(value, '\n'))
    4735           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4736             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4737             :                      errmsg("parameter value for ALTER SYSTEM must not contain a newline")));
    4738             :     }
    4739             : 
    4740             :     /*
    4741             :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME and its corresponding temporary file are always in
    4742             :      * the data directory, so we can reference them by simple relative paths.
    4743             :      */
    4744         130 :     snprintf(AutoConfFileName, sizeof(AutoConfFileName), "%s",
    4745             :              PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME);
    4746         130 :     snprintf(AutoConfTmpFileName, sizeof(AutoConfTmpFileName), "%s.%s",
    4747             :              AutoConfFileName,
    4748             :              "tmp");
    4749             : 
    4750             :     /*
    4751             :      * Only one backend is allowed to operate on PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME at a
    4752             :      * time.  Use AutoFileLock to ensure that.  We must hold the lock while
    4753             :      * reading the old file contents.
    4754             :      */
    4755         130 :     LWLockAcquire(AutoFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    4756             : 
    4757             :     /*
    4758             :      * If we're going to reset everything, then no need to open or parse the
    4759             :      * old file.  We'll just write out an empty list.
    4760             :      */
    4761         130 :     if (!resetall)
    4762             :     {
    4763             :         struct stat st;
    4764             : 
    4765         130 :         if (stat(AutoConfFileName, &st) == 0)
    4766             :         {
    4767             :             /* open old file PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME */
    4768             :             FILE       *infile;
    4769             : 
    4770         130 :             infile = AllocateFile(AutoConfFileName, "r");
    4771         130 :             if (infile == NULL)
    4772           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4773             :                         (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4774             :                          errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4775             :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4776             : 
    4777             :             /* parse it */
    4778         130 :             if (!ParseConfigFp(infile, AutoConfFileName, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH,
    4779             :                                LOG, &head, &tail))
    4780           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4781             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
    4782             :                          errmsg("could not parse contents of file \"%s\"",
    4783             :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4784             : 
    4785         130 :             FreeFile(infile);
    4786             :         }
    4787             : 
    4788             :         /*
    4789             :          * Now, replace any existing entry with the new value, or add it if
    4790             :          * not present.
    4791             :          */
    4792         130 :         replace_auto_config_value(&head, &tail, name, value);
    4793             :     }
    4794             : 
    4795             :     /*
    4796             :      * Invoke the post-alter hook for setting this GUC variable.  GUCs
    4797             :      * typically do not have corresponding entries in pg_parameter_acl, so we
    4798             :      * call the hook using the name rather than a potentially-non-existent
    4799             :      * OID.  Nonetheless, we pass ParameterAclRelationId so that this call
    4800             :      * context can be distinguished from others.  (Note that "name" will be
    4801             :      * NULL in the RESET ALL case.)
    4802             :      *
    4803             :      * We do this here rather than at the end, because ALTER SYSTEM is not
    4804             :      * transactional.  If the hook aborts our transaction, it will be cleaner
    4805             :      * to do so before we touch any files.
    4806             :      */
    4807         130 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArgStr(ParameterAclRelationId, name,
    4808             :                                     ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM,
    4809             :                                     altersysstmt->setstmt->kind,
    4810             :                                     false);
    4811             : 
    4812             :     /*
    4813             :      * To ensure crash safety, first write the new file data to a temp file,
    4814             :      * then atomically rename it into place.
    4815             :      *
    4816             :      * If there is a temp file left over due to a previous crash, it's okay to
    4817             :      * truncate and reuse it.
    4818             :      */
    4819         130 :     Tmpfd = BasicOpenFile(AutoConfTmpFileName,
    4820             :                           O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC);
    4821         130 :     if (Tmpfd < 0)
    4822           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4823             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4824             :                  errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4825             :                         AutoConfTmpFileName)));
    4826             : 
    4827             :     /*
    4828             :      * Use a TRY block to clean up the file if we fail.  Since we need a TRY
    4829             :      * block anyway, OK to use BasicOpenFile rather than OpenTransientFile.
    4830             :      */
    4831         130 :     PG_TRY();
    4832             :     {
    4833             :         /* Write and sync the new contents to the temporary file */
    4834         130 :         write_auto_conf_file(Tmpfd, AutoConfTmpFileName, head);
    4835             : 
    4836             :         /* Close before renaming; may be required on some platforms */
    4837         130 :         close(Tmpfd);
    4838         130 :         Tmpfd = -1;
    4839             : 
    4840             :         /*
    4841             :          * As the rename is atomic operation, if any problem occurs after this
    4842             :          * at worst it can lose the parameters set by last ALTER SYSTEM
    4843             :          * command.
    4844             :          */
    4845         130 :         durable_rename(AutoConfTmpFileName, AutoConfFileName, ERROR);
    4846             :     }
    4847           0 :     PG_CATCH();
    4848             :     {
    4849             :         /* Close file first, else unlink might fail on some platforms */
    4850           0 :         if (Tmpfd >= 0)
    4851           0 :             close(Tmpfd);
    4852             : 
    4853             :         /* Unlink, but ignore any error */
    4854           0 :         (void) unlink(AutoConfTmpFileName);
    4855             : 
    4856           0 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    4857             :     }
    4858         130 :     PG_END_TRY();
    4859             : 
    4860         130 :     FreeConfigVariables(head);
    4861             : 
    4862         130 :     LWLockRelease(AutoFileLock);
    4863         130 : }
    4864             : 
    4865             : 
    4866             : /*
    4867             :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: allocate the
    4868             :  * new variable's config struct and fill in generic fields.
    4869             :  */
    4870             : static struct config_generic *
    4871       18190 : init_custom_variable(const char *name,
    4872             :                      const char *short_desc,
    4873             :                      const char *long_desc,
    4874             :                      GucContext context,
    4875             :                      int flags,
    4876             :                      enum config_type type,
    4877             :                      size_t sz)
    4878             : {
    4879             :     struct config_generic *gen;
    4880             : 
    4881             :     /*
    4882             :      * Only allow custom PGC_POSTMASTER variables to be created during shared
    4883             :      * library preload; any later than that, we can't ensure that the value
    4884             :      * doesn't change after startup.  This is a fatal elog if it happens; just
    4885             :      * erroring out isn't safe because we don't know what the calling loadable
    4886             :      * module might already have hooked into.
    4887             :      */
    4888       18190 :     if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    4889          28 :         !process_shared_preload_libraries_in_progress)
    4890           0 :         elog(FATAL, "cannot create PGC_POSTMASTER variables after startup");
    4891             : 
    4892             :     /*
    4893             :      * We can't support custom GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables, because the wrong
    4894             :      * things would happen if such a variable were set or pg_dump'd when the
    4895             :      * defining extension isn't loaded.  Again, treat this as fatal because
    4896             :      * the loadable module may be partly initialized already.
    4897             :      */
    4898       18190 :     if (flags & GUC_LIST_QUOTE)
    4899           0 :         elog(FATAL, "extensions cannot define GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables");
    4900             : 
    4901             :     /*
    4902             :      * Before pljava commit 398f3b876ed402bdaec8bc804f29e2be95c75139
    4903             :      * (2015-12-15), two of that module's PGC_USERSET variables facilitated
    4904             :      * trivial escalation to superuser privileges.  Restrict the variables to
    4905             :      * protect sites that have yet to upgrade pljava.
    4906             :      */
    4907       18190 :     if (context == PGC_USERSET &&
    4908       14046 :         (strcmp(name, "pljava.classpath") == 0 ||
    4909       14046 :          strcmp(name, "pljava.vmoptions") == 0))
    4910           0 :         context = PGC_SUSET;
    4911             : 
    4912       18190 :     gen = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sz);
    4913       18190 :     memset(gen, 0, sz);
    4914             : 
    4915       18190 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(ERROR, name);
    4916       18190 :     gen->context = context;
    4917       18190 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    4918       18190 :     gen->short_desc = short_desc;
    4919       18190 :     gen->long_desc = long_desc;
    4920       18190 :     gen->flags = flags;
    4921       18190 :     gen->vartype = type;
    4922             : 
    4923       18190 :     return gen;
    4924             : }
    4925             : 
    4926             : /*
    4927             :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: insert the new
    4928             :  * variable into the GUC variable hash, replacing any placeholder.
    4929             :  */
    4930             : static void
    4931       18190 : define_custom_variable(struct config_generic *variable)
    4932             : {
    4933       18190 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4934             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    4935             :     struct config_string *pHolder;
    4936             : 
    4937             :     /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    4938             :     Assert(check_GUC_init(variable));
    4939             : 
    4940             :     /*
    4941             :      * See if there's a placeholder by the same name.
    4942             :      */
    4943       18190 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    4944             :                                           &name,
    4945             :                                           HASH_FIND,
    4946             :                                           NULL);
    4947       18190 :     if (hentry == NULL)
    4948             :     {
    4949             :         /*
    4950             :          * No placeholder to replace, so we can just add it ... but first,
    4951             :          * make sure it's initialized to its default value.
    4952             :          */
    4953       18086 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4954       18086 :         add_guc_variable(variable, ERROR);
    4955       18086 :         return;
    4956             :     }
    4957             : 
    4958             :     /*
    4959             :      * This better be a placeholder
    4960             :      */
    4961         104 :     if ((hentry->gucvar->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0)
    4962           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4963             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    4964             :                  errmsg("attempt to redefine parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    4965             : 
    4966             :     Assert(hentry->gucvar->vartype == PGC_STRING);
    4967         104 :     pHolder = (struct config_string *) hentry->gucvar;
    4968             : 
    4969             :     /*
    4970             :      * First, set the variable to its default value.  We must do this even
    4971             :      * though we intend to immediately apply a new value, since it's possible
    4972             :      * that the new value is invalid.
    4973             :      */
    4974         104 :     InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4975             : 
    4976             :     /*
    4977             :      * Replace the placeholder in the hash table.  We aren't changing the name
    4978             :      * (at least up to case-folding), so the hash value is unchanged.
    4979             :      */
    4980         104 :     hentry->gucname = name;
    4981         104 :     hentry->gucvar = variable;
    4982             : 
    4983             :     /*
    4984             :      * Remove the placeholder from any lists it's in, too.
    4985             :      */
    4986         104 :     RemoveGUCFromLists(&pHolder->gen);
    4987             : 
    4988             :     /*
    4989             :      * Assign the string value(s) stored in the placeholder to the real
    4990             :      * variable.  Essentially, we need to duplicate all the active and stacked
    4991             :      * values, but with appropriate validation and datatype adjustment.
    4992             :      *
    4993             :      * If an assignment fails, we report a WARNING and keep going.  We don't
    4994             :      * want to throw ERROR for bad values, because it'd bollix the add-on
    4995             :      * module that's presumably halfway through getting loaded.  In such cases
    4996             :      * the default or previous state will become active instead.
    4997             :      */
    4998             : 
    4999             :     /* First, apply the reset value if any */
    5000         104 :     if (pHolder->reset_val)
    5001          98 :         (void) set_config_option_ext(name, pHolder->reset_val,
    5002             :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_scontext,
    5003             :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_source,
    5004             :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_srole,
    5005             :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    5006             :     /* That should not have resulted in stacking anything */
    5007             :     Assert(variable->stack == NULL);
    5008             : 
    5009             :     /* Now, apply current and stacked values, in the order they were stacked */
    5010         104 :     reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, pHolder->gen.stack,
    5011         104 :                            *(pHolder->variable),
    5012             :                            pHolder->gen.scontext, pHolder->gen.source,
    5013             :                            pHolder->gen.srole);
    5014             : 
    5015             :     /* Also copy over any saved source-location information */
    5016         104 :     if (pHolder->gen.sourcefile)
    5017          82 :         set_config_sourcefile(name, pHolder->gen.sourcefile,
    5018             :                               pHolder->gen.sourceline);
    5019             : 
    5020             :     /*
    5021             :      * Free up as much as we conveniently can of the placeholder structure.
    5022             :      * (This neglects any stack items, so it's possible for some memory to be
    5023             :      * leaked.  Since this can only happen once per session per variable, it
    5024             :      * doesn't seem worth spending much code on.)
    5025             :      */
    5026         104 :     set_string_field(pHolder, pHolder->variable, NULL);
    5027         104 :     set_string_field(pHolder, &pHolder->reset_val, NULL);
    5028             : 
    5029         104 :     guc_free(pHolder);
    5030             : }
    5031             : 
    5032             : /*
    5033             :  * Recursive subroutine for define_custom_variable: reapply non-reset values
    5034             :  *
    5035             :  * We recurse so that the values are applied in the same order as originally.
    5036             :  * At each recursion level, apply the upper-level value (passed in) in the
    5037             :  * fashion implied by the stack entry.
    5038             :  */
    5039             : static void
    5040         104 : reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
    5041             :                        struct config_string *pHolder,
    5042             :                        GucStack *stack,
    5043             :                        const char *curvalue,
    5044             :                        GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
    5045             :                        Oid cursrole)
    5046             : {
    5047         104 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    5048         104 :     GucStack   *oldvarstack = variable->stack;
    5049             : 
    5050         104 :     if (stack != NULL)
    5051             :     {
    5052             :         /* First, recurse, so that stack items are processed bottom to top */
    5053           0 :         reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, stack->prev,
    5054           0 :                                stack->prior.val.stringval,
    5055             :                                stack->scontext, stack->source, stack->srole);
    5056             : 
    5057             :         /* See how to apply the passed-in value */
    5058           0 :         switch (stack->state)
    5059             :         {
    5060           0 :             case GUC_SAVE:
    5061           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5062             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5063             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true,
    5064             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5065           0 :                 break;
    5066             : 
    5067           0 :             case GUC_SET:
    5068           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5069             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5070             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    5071             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5072           0 :                 break;
    5073             : 
    5074           0 :             case GUC_LOCAL:
    5075           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5076             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5077             :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    5078             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5079           0 :                 break;
    5080             : 
    5081           0 :             case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    5082             :                 /* first, apply the masked value as SET */
    5083           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, stack->masked.val.stringval,
    5084             :                                              stack->masked_scontext,
    5085             :                                              PGC_S_SESSION,
    5086             :                                              stack->masked_srole,
    5087             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    5088             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5089             :                 /* then apply the current value as LOCAL */
    5090           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5091             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5092             :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    5093             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5094           0 :                 break;
    5095             :         }
    5096             : 
    5097             :         /* If we successfully made a stack entry, adjust its nest level */
    5098           0 :         if (variable->stack != oldvarstack)
    5099           0 :             variable->stack->nest_level = stack->nest_level;
    5100             :     }
    5101             :     else
    5102             :     {
    5103             :         /*
    5104             :          * We are at the end of the stack.  If the active/previous value is
    5105             :          * different from the reset value, it must represent a previously
    5106             :          * committed session value.  Apply it, and then drop the stack entry
    5107             :          * that set_config_option will have created under the impression that
    5108             :          * this is to be just a transactional assignment.  (We leak the stack
    5109             :          * entry.)
    5110             :          */
    5111         104 :         if (curvalue != pHolder->reset_val ||
    5112          98 :             curscontext != pHolder->gen.reset_scontext ||
    5113          98 :             cursource != pHolder->gen.reset_source ||
    5114          98 :             cursrole != pHolder->gen.reset_srole)
    5115             :         {
    5116           6 :             (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5117             :                                          curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5118             :                                          GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    5119           6 :             if (variable->stack != NULL)
    5120             :             {
    5121           4 :                 slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &variable->stack_link);
    5122           4 :                 variable->stack = NULL;
    5123             :             }
    5124             :         }
    5125             :     }
    5126         104 : }
    5127             : 
    5128             : /*
    5129             :  * Functions for extensions to call to define their custom GUC variables.
    5130             :  */
    5131             : void
    5132        7312 : DefineCustomBoolVariable(const char *name,
    5133             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5134             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5135             :                          bool *valueAddr,
    5136             :                          bool bootValue,
    5137             :                          GucContext context,
    5138             :                          int flags,
    5139             :                          GucBoolCheckHook check_hook,
    5140             :                          GucBoolAssignHook assign_hook,
    5141             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5142             : {
    5143             :     struct config_bool *var;
    5144             : 
    5145             :     var = (struct config_bool *)
    5146        7312 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5147             :                              PGC_BOOL, sizeof(struct config_bool));
    5148        7312 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5149        7312 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5150        7312 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5151        7312 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5152        7312 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5153        7312 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5154        7312 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5155        7312 : }
    5156             : 
    5157             : void
    5158          88 : DefineCustomIntVariable(const char *name,
    5159             :                         const char *short_desc,
    5160             :                         const char *long_desc,
    5161             :                         int *valueAddr,
    5162             :                         int bootValue,
    5163             :                         int minValue,
    5164             :                         int maxValue,
    5165             :                         GucContext context,
    5166             :                         int flags,
    5167             :                         GucIntCheckHook check_hook,
    5168             :                         GucIntAssignHook assign_hook,
    5169             :                         GucShowHook show_hook)
    5170             : {
    5171             :     struct config_int *var;
    5172             : 
    5173             :     var = (struct config_int *)
    5174          88 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5175             :                              PGC_INT, sizeof(struct config_int));
    5176          88 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5177          88 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5178          88 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5179          88 :     var->min = minValue;
    5180          88 :     var->max = maxValue;
    5181          88 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5182          88 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5183          88 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5184          88 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5185          88 : }
    5186             : 
    5187             : void
    5188          42 : DefineCustomRealVariable(const char *name,
    5189             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5190             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5191             :                          double *valueAddr,
    5192             :                          double bootValue,
    5193             :                          double minValue,
    5194             :                          double maxValue,
    5195             :                          GucContext context,
    5196             :                          int flags,
    5197             :                          GucRealCheckHook check_hook,
    5198             :                          GucRealAssignHook assign_hook,
    5199             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5200             : {
    5201             :     struct config_real *var;
    5202             : 
    5203             :     var = (struct config_real *)
    5204          42 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5205             :                              PGC_REAL, sizeof(struct config_real));
    5206          42 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5207          42 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5208          42 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5209          42 :     var->min = minValue;
    5210          42 :     var->max = maxValue;
    5211          42 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5212          42 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5213          42 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5214          42 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5215          42 : }
    5216             : 
    5217             : void
    5218        7196 : DefineCustomStringVariable(const char *name,
    5219             :                            const char *short_desc,
    5220             :                            const char *long_desc,
    5221             :                            char **valueAddr,
    5222             :                            const char *bootValue,
    5223             :                            GucContext context,
    5224             :                            int flags,
    5225             :                            GucStringCheckHook check_hook,
    5226             :                            GucStringAssignHook assign_hook,
    5227             :                            GucShowHook show_hook)
    5228             : {
    5229             :     struct config_string *var;
    5230             : 
    5231             :     var = (struct config_string *)
    5232        7196 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5233             :                              PGC_STRING, sizeof(struct config_string));
    5234        7196 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5235        7196 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5236        7196 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5237        7196 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5238        7196 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5239        7196 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5240        7196 : }
    5241             : 
    5242             : void
    5243        3552 : DefineCustomEnumVariable(const char *name,
    5244             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5245             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5246             :                          int *valueAddr,
    5247             :                          int bootValue,
    5248             :                          const struct config_enum_entry *options,
    5249             :                          GucContext context,
    5250             :                          int flags,
    5251             :                          GucEnumCheckHook check_hook,
    5252             :                          GucEnumAssignHook assign_hook,
    5253             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5254             : {
    5255             :     struct config_enum *var;
    5256             : 
    5257             :     var = (struct config_enum *)
    5258        3552 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5259             :                              PGC_ENUM, sizeof(struct config_enum));
    5260        3552 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5261        3552 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5262        3552 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5263        3552 :     var->options = options;
    5264        3552 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5265        3552 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5266        3552 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5267        3552 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5268        3552 : }
    5269             : 
    5270             : /*
    5271             :  * Mark the given GUC prefix as "reserved".
    5272             :  *
    5273             :  * This deletes any existing placeholders matching the prefix,
    5274             :  * and then prevents new ones from being created.
    5275             :  * Extensions should call this after they've defined all of their custom
    5276             :  * GUCs, to help catch misspelled config-file entries.
    5277             :  */
    5278             : void
    5279        3658 : MarkGUCPrefixReserved(const char *className)
    5280             : {
    5281        3658 :     int         classLen = strlen(className);
    5282             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    5283             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    5284             :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
    5285             : 
    5286             :     /*
    5287             :      * Check for existing placeholders.  We must actually remove invalid
    5288             :      * placeholders, else future parallel worker startups will fail.  (We
    5289             :      * don't bother trying to free associated memory, since this shouldn't
    5290             :      * happen often.)
    5291             :      */
    5292        3658 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    5293     1445900 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    5294             :     {
    5295     1442242 :         struct config_generic *var = hentry->gucvar;
    5296             : 
    5297     1442242 :         if ((var->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) != 0 &&
    5298          24 :             strncmp(className, var->name, classLen) == 0 &&
    5299           6 :             var->name[classLen] == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    5300             :         {
    5301           6 :             ereport(WARNING,
    5302             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    5303             :                      errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\", removing it",
    5304             :                             var->name),
    5305             :                      errdetail("\"%s\" is now a reserved prefix.",
    5306             :                                className)));
    5307             :             /* Remove it from the hash table */
    5308           6 :             hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    5309           6 :                         &var->name,
    5310             :                         HASH_REMOVE,
    5311             :                         NULL);
    5312             :             /* Remove it from any lists it's in, too */
    5313           6 :             RemoveGUCFromLists(var);
    5314             :         }
    5315             :     }
    5316             : 
    5317             :     /* And remember the name so we can prevent future mistakes. */
    5318        3658 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GUCMemoryContext);
    5319        3658 :     reserved_class_prefix = lappend(reserved_class_prefix, pstrdup(className));
    5320        3658 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    5321        3658 : }
    5322             : 
    5323             : 
    5324             : /*
    5325             :  * Return an array of modified GUC options to show in EXPLAIN.
    5326             :  *
    5327             :  * We only report options related to query planning (marked with GUC_EXPLAIN),
    5328             :  * with values different from their built-in defaults.
    5329             :  */
    5330             : struct config_generic **
    5331          12 : get_explain_guc_options(int *num)
    5332             : {
    5333             :     struct config_generic **result;
    5334             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5335             : 
    5336          12 :     *num = 0;
    5337             : 
    5338             :     /*
    5339             :      * While only a fraction of all the GUC variables are marked GUC_EXPLAIN,
    5340             :      * it doesn't seem worth dynamically resizing this array.
    5341             :      */
    5342          12 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    5343             : 
    5344             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5345         704 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5346             :     {
    5347         692 :         struct config_generic *conf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5348             :                                                       nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5349             :         bool        modified;
    5350             : 
    5351             :         /* return only parameters marked for inclusion in explain */
    5352         692 :         if (!(conf->flags & GUC_EXPLAIN))
    5353         668 :             continue;
    5354             : 
    5355             :         /* return only options visible to the current user */
    5356          24 :         if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(conf))
    5357           0 :             continue;
    5358             : 
    5359             :         /* return only options that are different from their boot values */
    5360          24 :         modified = false;
    5361             : 
    5362          24 :         switch (conf->vartype)
    5363             :         {
    5364          12 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    5365             :                 {
    5366          12 :                     struct config_bool *lconf = (struct config_bool *) conf;
    5367             : 
    5368          12 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5369             :                 }
    5370          12 :                 break;
    5371             : 
    5372           0 :             case PGC_INT:
    5373             :                 {
    5374           0 :                     struct config_int *lconf = (struct config_int *) conf;
    5375             : 
    5376           0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5377             :                 }
    5378           0 :                 break;
    5379             : 
    5380           0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    5381             :                 {
    5382           0 :                     struct config_real *lconf = (struct config_real *) conf;
    5383             : 
    5384           0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5385             :                 }
    5386           0 :                 break;
    5387             : 
    5388           0 :             case PGC_STRING:
    5389             :                 {
    5390           0 :                     struct config_string *lconf = (struct config_string *) conf;
    5391             : 
    5392           0 :                     if (lconf->boot_val == NULL &&
    5393           0 :                         *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5394           0 :                         modified = false;
    5395           0 :                     else if (lconf->boot_val == NULL ||
    5396           0 :                              *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5397           0 :                         modified = true;
    5398             :                     else
    5399           0 :                         modified = (strcmp(lconf->boot_val, *(lconf->variable)) != 0);
    5400             :                 }
    5401           0 :                 break;
    5402             : 
    5403          12 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    5404             :                 {
    5405          12 :                     struct config_enum *lconf = (struct config_enum *) conf;
    5406             : 
    5407          12 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5408             :                 }
    5409          12 :                 break;
    5410             : 
    5411           0 :             default:
    5412           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected GUC type: %d", conf->vartype);
    5413             :         }
    5414             : 
    5415          24 :         if (!modified)
    5416           0 :             continue;
    5417             : 
    5418             :         /* OK, report it */
    5419          24 :         result[*num] = conf;
    5420          24 :         *num = *num + 1;
    5421             :     }
    5422             : 
    5423          12 :     return result;
    5424             : }
    5425             : 
    5426             : /*
    5427             :  * Return GUC variable value by name; optionally return canonical form of
    5428             :  * name.  If the GUC is unset, then throw an error unless missing_ok is true,
    5429             :  * in which case return NULL.  Return value is palloc'd (but *varname isn't).
    5430             :  */
    5431             : char *
    5432        9786 : GetConfigOptionByName(const char *name, const char **varname, bool missing_ok)
    5433             : {
    5434             :     struct config_generic *record;
    5435             : 
    5436        9786 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    5437        9748 :     if (record == NULL)
    5438             :     {
    5439           6 :         if (varname)
    5440           0 :             *varname = NULL;
    5441           6 :         return NULL;
    5442             :     }
    5443             : 
    5444        9742 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    5445           2 :         ereport(ERROR,
    5446             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    5447             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    5448             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    5449             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    5450             : 
    5451        9740 :     if (varname)
    5452        2704 :         *varname = record->name;
    5453             : 
    5454        9740 :     return ShowGUCOption(record, true);
    5455             : }
    5456             : 
    5457             : /*
    5458             :  * ShowGUCOption: get string value of variable
    5459             :  *
    5460             :  * We express a numeric value in appropriate units if it has units and
    5461             :  * use_units is true; else you just get the raw number.
    5462             :  * The result string is palloc'd.
    5463             :  */
    5464             : char *
    5465     1943262 : ShowGUCOption(struct config_generic *record, bool use_units)
    5466             : {
    5467             :     char        buffer[256];
    5468             :     const char *val;
    5469             : 
    5470     1943262 :     switch (record->vartype)
    5471             :     {
    5472      540836 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5473             :             {
    5474      540836 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    5475             : 
    5476      540836 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5477       29404 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5478             :                 else
    5479      511432 :                     val = *conf->variable ? "on" : "off";
    5480             :             }
    5481      540836 :             break;
    5482             : 
    5483      499512 :         case PGC_INT:
    5484             :             {
    5485      499512 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    5486             : 
    5487      499512 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5488       24540 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5489             :                 else
    5490             :                 {
    5491             :                     /*
    5492             :                      * Use int64 arithmetic to avoid overflows in units
    5493             :                      * conversion.
    5494             :                      */
    5495      474972 :                     int64       result = *conf->variable;
    5496             :                     const char *unit;
    5497             : 
    5498      474972 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5499         700 :                         convert_int_from_base_unit(result,
    5500         700 :                                                    record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5501             :                                                    &result, &unit);
    5502             :                     else
    5503      474272 :                         unit = "";
    5504             : 
    5505      474972 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), INT64_FORMAT "%s",
    5506             :                              result, unit);
    5507      474972 :                     val = buffer;
    5508             :                 }
    5509             :             }
    5510      499512 :             break;
    5511             : 
    5512       81924 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5513             :             {
    5514       81924 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    5515             : 
    5516       81924 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5517           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5518             :                 else
    5519             :                 {
    5520       81924 :                     double      result = *conf->variable;
    5521             :                     const char *unit;
    5522             : 
    5523       81924 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5524         268 :                         convert_real_from_base_unit(result,
    5525         268 :                                                     record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5526             :                                                     &result, &unit);
    5527             :                     else
    5528       81656 :                         unit = "";
    5529             : 
    5530       81924 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g%s",
    5531             :                              result, unit);
    5532       81924 :                     val = buffer;
    5533             :                 }
    5534             :             }
    5535       81924 :             break;
    5536             : 
    5537      656416 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5538             :             {
    5539      656416 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    5540             : 
    5541      656416 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5542       60790 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5543      595626 :                 else if (*conf->variable && **conf->variable)
    5544      455572 :                     val = *conf->variable;
    5545             :                 else
    5546      140054 :                     val = "";
    5547             :             }
    5548      656416 :             break;
    5549             : 
    5550      164574 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5551             :             {
    5552      164574 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    5553             : 
    5554      164574 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5555           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5556             :                 else
    5557      164574 :                     val = config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable);
    5558             :             }
    5559      164574 :             break;
    5560             : 
    5561           0 :         default:
    5562             :             /* just to keep compiler quiet */
    5563           0 :             val = "???";
    5564           0 :             break;
    5565             :     }
    5566             : 
    5567     1943262 :     return pstrdup(val);
    5568             : }
    5569             : 
    5570             : 
    5571             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
    5572             : 
    5573             : /*
    5574             :  *  These routines dump out all non-default GUC options into a binary
    5575             :  *  file that is read by all exec'ed backends.  The format is:
    5576             :  *
    5577             :  *      variable name, string, null terminated
    5578             :  *      variable value, string, null terminated
    5579             :  *      variable sourcefile, string, null terminated (empty if none)
    5580             :  *      variable sourceline, integer
    5581             :  *      variable source, integer
    5582             :  *      variable scontext, integer
    5583             : *       variable srole, OID
    5584             :  */
    5585             : static void
    5586             : write_one_nondefault_variable(FILE *fp, struct config_generic *gconf)
    5587             : {
    5588             :     Assert(gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    5589             : 
    5590             :     fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->name);
    5591             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5592             : 
    5593             :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5594             :     {
    5595             :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5596             :             {
    5597             :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    5598             : 
    5599             :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5600             :                     fprintf(fp, "true");
    5601             :                 else
    5602             :                     fprintf(fp, "false");
    5603             :             }
    5604             :             break;
    5605             : 
    5606             :         case PGC_INT:
    5607             :             {
    5608             :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    5609             : 
    5610             :                 fprintf(fp, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5611             :             }
    5612             :             break;
    5613             : 
    5614             :         case PGC_REAL:
    5615             :             {
    5616             :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    5617             : 
    5618             :                 fprintf(fp, "%.17g", *conf->variable);
    5619             :             }
    5620             :             break;
    5621             : 
    5622             :         case PGC_STRING:
    5623             :             {
    5624             :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    5625             : 
    5626             :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5627             :                     fprintf(fp, "%s", *conf->variable);
    5628             :             }
    5629             :             break;
    5630             : 
    5631             :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5632             :             {
    5633             :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    5634             : 
    5635             :                 fprintf(fp, "%s",
    5636             :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    5637             :             }
    5638             :             break;
    5639             :     }
    5640             : 
    5641             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5642             : 
    5643             :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5644             :         fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->sourcefile);
    5645             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5646             : 
    5647             :     fwrite(&gconf->sourceline, 1, sizeof(gconf->sourceline), fp);
    5648             :     fwrite(&gconf->source, 1, sizeof(gconf->source), fp);
    5649             :     fwrite(&gconf->scontext, 1, sizeof(gconf->scontext), fp);
    5650             :     fwrite(&gconf->srole, 1, sizeof(gconf->srole), fp);
    5651             : }
    5652             : 
    5653             : void
    5654             : write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context)
    5655             : {
    5656             :     int         elevel;
    5657             :     FILE       *fp;
    5658             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5659             : 
    5660             :     Assert(context == PGC_POSTMASTER || context == PGC_SIGHUP);
    5661             : 
    5662             :     elevel = (context == PGC_SIGHUP) ? LOG : ERROR;
    5663             : 
    5664             :     /*
    5665             :      * Open file
    5666             :      */
    5667             :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, "w");
    5668             :     if (!fp)
    5669             :     {
    5670             :         ereport(elevel,
    5671             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5672             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5673             :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5674             :         return;
    5675             :     }
    5676             : 
    5677             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5678             :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5679             :     {
    5680             :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5681             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5682             : 
    5683             :         write_one_nondefault_variable(fp, gconf);
    5684             :     }
    5685             : 
    5686             :     if (FreeFile(fp))
    5687             :     {
    5688             :         ereport(elevel,
    5689             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5690             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5691             :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5692             :         return;
    5693             :     }
    5694             : 
    5695             :     /*
    5696             :      * Put new file in place.  This could delay on Win32, but we don't hold
    5697             :      * any exclusive locks.
    5698             :      */
    5699             :     rename(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS);
    5700             : }
    5701             : 
    5702             : 
    5703             : /*
    5704             :  *  Read string, including null byte from file
    5705             :  *
    5706             :  *  Return NULL on EOF and nothing read
    5707             :  */
    5708             : static char *
    5709             : read_string_with_null(FILE *fp)
    5710             : {
    5711             :     int         i = 0,
    5712             :                 ch,
    5713             :                 maxlen = 256;
    5714             :     char       *str = NULL;
    5715             : 
    5716             :     do
    5717             :     {
    5718             :         if ((ch = fgetc(fp)) == EOF)
    5719             :         {
    5720             :             if (i == 0)
    5721             :                 return NULL;
    5722             :             else
    5723             :                 elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5724             :         }
    5725             :         if (i == 0)
    5726             :             str = guc_malloc(FATAL, maxlen);
    5727             :         else if (i == maxlen)
    5728             :             str = guc_realloc(FATAL, str, maxlen *= 2);
    5729             :         str[i++] = ch;
    5730             :     } while (ch != 0);
    5731             : 
    5732             :     return str;
    5733             : }
    5734             : 
    5735             : 
    5736             : /*
    5737             :  *  This routine loads a previous postmaster dump of its non-default
    5738             :  *  settings.
    5739             :  */
    5740             : void
    5741             : read_nondefault_variables(void)
    5742             : {
    5743             :     FILE       *fp;
    5744             :     char       *varname,
    5745             :                *varvalue,
    5746             :                *varsourcefile;
    5747             :     int         varsourceline;
    5748             :     GucSource   varsource;
    5749             :     GucContext  varscontext;
    5750             :     Oid         varsrole;
    5751             : 
    5752             :     /*
    5753             :      * Open file
    5754             :      */
    5755             :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS, "r");
    5756             :     if (!fp)
    5757             :     {
    5758             :         /* File not found is fine */
    5759             :         if (errno != ENOENT)
    5760             :             ereport(FATAL,
    5761             :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5762             :                      errmsg("could not read from file \"%s\": %m",
    5763             :                             CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS)));
    5764             :         return;
    5765             :     }
    5766             : 
    5767             :     for (;;)
    5768             :     {
    5769             :         if ((varname = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5770             :             break;
    5771             : 
    5772             :         if (find_option(varname, true, false, FATAL) == NULL)
    5773             :             elog(FATAL, "failed to locate variable \"%s\" in exec config params file", varname);
    5774             : 
    5775             :         if ((varvalue = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5776             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5777             :         if ((varsourcefile = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5778             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5779             :         if (fread(&varsourceline, 1, sizeof(varsourceline), fp) != sizeof(varsourceline))
    5780             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5781             :         if (fread(&varsource, 1, sizeof(varsource), fp) != sizeof(varsource))
    5782             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5783             :         if (fread(&varscontext, 1, sizeof(varscontext), fp) != sizeof(varscontext))
    5784             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5785             :         if (fread(&varsrole, 1, sizeof(varsrole), fp) != sizeof(varsrole))
    5786             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5787             : 
    5788             :         (void) set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    5789             :                                      varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    5790             :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, true);
    5791             :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    5792             :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    5793             : 
    5794             :         guc_free(varname);
    5795             :         guc_free(varvalue);
    5796             :         guc_free(varsourcefile);
    5797             :     }
    5798             : 
    5799             :     FreeFile(fp);
    5800             : }
    5801             : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
    5802             : 
    5803             : /*
    5804             :  * can_skip_gucvar:
    5805             :  * Decide whether SerializeGUCState can skip sending this GUC variable,
    5806             :  * or whether RestoreGUCState can skip resetting this GUC to default.
    5807             :  *
    5808             :  * It is somewhat magical and fragile that the same test works for both cases.
    5809             :  * Realize in particular that we are very likely selecting different sets of
    5810             :  * GUCs on the leader and worker sides!  Be sure you've understood the
    5811             :  * comments here and in RestoreGUCState thoroughly before changing this.
    5812             :  */
    5813             : static bool
    5814      244224 : can_skip_gucvar(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5815             : {
    5816             :     /*
    5817             :      * We can skip GUCs that are guaranteed to have the same values in leaders
    5818             :      * and workers.  (Note it is critical that the leader and worker have the
    5819             :      * same idea of which GUCs fall into this category.  It's okay to consider
    5820             :      * context and name for this purpose, since those are unchanging
    5821             :      * properties of a GUC.)
    5822             :      *
    5823             :      * PGC_POSTMASTER variables always have the same value in every child of a
    5824             :      * particular postmaster, so the worker will certainly have the right
    5825             :      * value already.  Likewise, PGC_INTERNAL variables are set by special
    5826             :      * mechanisms (if indeed they aren't compile-time constants).  So we may
    5827             :      * always skip these.
    5828             :      *
    5829             :      * For all other GUCs, we skip if the GUC has its compiled-in default
    5830             :      * value (i.e., source == PGC_S_DEFAULT).  On the leader side, this means
    5831             :      * we don't send GUCs that have their default values, which typically
    5832             :      * saves lots of work.  On the worker side, this means we don't need to
    5833             :      * reset the GUC to default because it already has that value.  See
    5834             :      * comments in RestoreGUCState for more info.
    5835             :      */
    5836      406660 :     return gconf->context == PGC_POSTMASTER ||
    5837      370788 :         gconf->context == PGC_INTERNAL ||
    5838      126564 :         gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    5839             : }
    5840             : 
    5841             : /*
    5842             :  * estimate_variable_size:
    5843             :  *      Compute space needed for dumping the given GUC variable.
    5844             :  *
    5845             :  * It's OK to overestimate, but not to underestimate.
    5846             :  */
    5847             : static Size
    5848       53540 : estimate_variable_size(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5849             : {
    5850             :     Size        size;
    5851       53540 :     Size        valsize = 0;
    5852             : 
    5853             :     /* Skippable GUCs consume zero space. */
    5854       53540 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5855       23212 :         return 0;
    5856             : 
    5857             :     /* Name, plus trailing zero byte. */
    5858       30328 :     size = strlen(gconf->name) + 1;
    5859             : 
    5860             :     /* Get the maximum display length of the GUC value. */
    5861       30328 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5862             :     {
    5863        6134 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5864             :             {
    5865        6134 :                 valsize = 5;    /* max(strlen('true'), strlen('false')) */
    5866             :             }
    5867        6134 :             break;
    5868             : 
    5869        5952 :         case PGC_INT:
    5870             :             {
    5871        5952 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    5872             : 
    5873             :                 /*
    5874             :                  * Instead of getting the exact display length, use max
    5875             :                  * length.  Also reduce the max length for typical ranges of
    5876             :                  * small values.  Maximum value is 2147483647, i.e. 10 chars.
    5877             :                  * Include one byte for sign.
    5878             :                  */
    5879        5952 :                 if (abs(*conf->variable) < 1000)
    5880        4680 :                     valsize = 3 + 1;
    5881             :                 else
    5882        1272 :                     valsize = 10 + 1;
    5883             :             }
    5884        5952 :             break;
    5885             : 
    5886        1652 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5887             :             {
    5888             :                 /*
    5889             :                  * We are going to print it with %e with REALTYPE_PRECISION
    5890             :                  * fractional digits.  Account for sign, leading digit,
    5891             :                  * decimal point, and exponent with up to 3 digits.  E.g.
    5892             :                  * -3.99329042340000021e+110
    5893             :                  */
    5894        1652 :                 valsize = 1 + 1 + 1 + REALTYPE_PRECISION + 5;
    5895             :             }
    5896        1652 :             break;
    5897             : 
    5898       12884 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5899             :             {
    5900       12884 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    5901             : 
    5902             :                 /*
    5903             :                  * If the value is NULL, we transmit it as an empty string.
    5904             :                  * Although this is not physically the same value, GUC
    5905             :                  * generally treats a NULL the same as empty string.
    5906             :                  */
    5907       12884 :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5908       12884 :                     valsize = strlen(*conf->variable);
    5909             :                 else
    5910           0 :                     valsize = 0;
    5911             :             }
    5912       12884 :             break;
    5913             : 
    5914        3706 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5915             :             {
    5916        3706 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    5917             : 
    5918        3706 :                 valsize = strlen(config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    5919             :             }
    5920        3706 :             break;
    5921             :     }
    5922             : 
    5923             :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for value */
    5924       30328 :     size = add_size(size, valsize + 1);
    5925             : 
    5926       30328 :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5927       14992 :         size = add_size(size, strlen(gconf->sourcefile));
    5928             : 
    5929             :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for sourcefile */
    5930       30328 :     size = add_size(size, 1);
    5931             : 
    5932             :     /* Include line whenever file is nonempty. */
    5933       30328 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5934       14992 :         size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5935             : 
    5936       30328 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->source));
    5937       30328 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5938       30328 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->srole));
    5939             : 
    5940       30328 :     return size;
    5941             : }
    5942             : 
    5943             : /*
    5944             :  * EstimateGUCStateSpace:
    5945             :  * Returns the size needed to store the GUC state for the current process
    5946             :  */
    5947             : Size
    5948         886 : EstimateGUCStateSpace(void)
    5949             : {
    5950             :     Size        size;
    5951             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5952             : 
    5953             :     /* Add space reqd for saving the data size of the guc state */
    5954         886 :     size = sizeof(Size);
    5955             : 
    5956             :     /*
    5957             :      * Add up the space needed for each GUC variable.
    5958             :      *
    5959             :      * We need only process non-default GUCs.
    5960             :      */
    5961       54426 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5962             :     {
    5963       53540 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5964             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5965             : 
    5966       53540 :         size = add_size(size, estimate_variable_size(gconf));
    5967             :     }
    5968             : 
    5969         886 :     return size;
    5970             : }
    5971             : 
    5972             : /*
    5973             :  * do_serialize:
    5974             :  * Copies the formatted string into the destination.  Moves ahead the
    5975             :  * destination pointer, and decrements the maxbytes by that many bytes. If
    5976             :  * maxbytes is not sufficient to copy the string, error out.
    5977             :  */
    5978             : static void
    5979       90984 : do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, const char *fmt,...)
    5980             : {
    5981             :     va_list     vargs;
    5982             :     int         n;
    5983             : 
    5984       90984 :     if (*maxbytes <= 0)
    5985           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5986             : 
    5987       90984 :     va_start(vargs, fmt);
    5988       90984 :     n = vsnprintf(*destptr, *maxbytes, fmt, vargs);
    5989       90984 :     va_end(vargs);
    5990             : 
    5991       90984 :     if (n < 0)
    5992             :     {
    5993             :         /* Shouldn't happen. Better show errno description. */
    5994           0 :         elog(ERROR, "vsnprintf failed: %m with format string \"%s\"", fmt);
    5995             :     }
    5996       90984 :     if (n >= *maxbytes)
    5997             :     {
    5998             :         /* This shouldn't happen either, really. */
    5999           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    6000             :     }
    6001             : 
    6002             :     /* Shift the destptr ahead of the null terminator */
    6003       90984 :     *destptr += n + 1;
    6004       90984 :     *maxbytes -= n + 1;
    6005       90984 : }
    6006             : 
    6007             : /* Binary copy version of do_serialize() */
    6008             : static void
    6009      105976 : do_serialize_binary(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, void *val, Size valsize)
    6010             : {
    6011      105976 :     if (valsize > *maxbytes)
    6012           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    6013             : 
    6014      105976 :     memcpy(*destptr, val, valsize);
    6015      105976 :     *destptr += valsize;
    6016      105976 :     *maxbytes -= valsize;
    6017      105976 : }
    6018             : 
    6019             : /*
    6020             :  * serialize_variable:
    6021             :  * Dumps name, value and other information of a GUC variable into destptr.
    6022             :  */
    6023             : static void
    6024       53540 : serialize_variable(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
    6025             :                    struct config_generic *gconf)
    6026             : {
    6027             :     /* Ignore skippable GUCs. */
    6028       53540 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    6029       23212 :         return;
    6030             : 
    6031       30328 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s", gconf->name);
    6032             : 
    6033       30328 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    6034             :     {
    6035        6134 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    6036             :             {
    6037        6134 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    6038             : 
    6039        6134 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes,
    6040        6134 :                              (*conf->variable ? "true" : "false"));
    6041             :             }
    6042        6134 :             break;
    6043             : 
    6044        5952 :         case PGC_INT:
    6045             :             {
    6046        5952 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    6047             : 
    6048        5952 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%d", *conf->variable);
    6049             :             }
    6050        5952 :             break;
    6051             : 
    6052        1652 :         case PGC_REAL:
    6053             :             {
    6054        1652 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    6055             : 
    6056        1652 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%.*e",
    6057        1652 :                              REALTYPE_PRECISION, *conf->variable);
    6058             :             }
    6059        1652 :             break;
    6060             : 
    6061       12884 :         case PGC_STRING:
    6062             :             {
    6063       12884 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    6064             : 
    6065             :                 /* NULL becomes empty string, see estimate_variable_size() */
    6066       12884 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    6067       12884 :                              *conf->variable ? *conf->variable : "");
    6068             :             }
    6069       12884 :             break;
    6070             : 
    6071        3706 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    6072             :             {
    6073        3706 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    6074             : 
    6075        3706 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    6076        3706 :                              config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    6077             :             }
    6078        3706 :             break;
    6079             :     }
    6080             : 
    6081       30328 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    6082       30328 :                  (gconf->sourcefile ? gconf->sourcefile : ""));
    6083             : 
    6084       30328 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    6085       14992 :         do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->sourceline,
    6086             :                             sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    6087             : 
    6088       30328 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->source,
    6089             :                         sizeof(gconf->source));
    6090       30328 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->scontext,
    6091             :                         sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    6092       30328 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->srole,
    6093             :                         sizeof(gconf->srole));
    6094             : }
    6095             : 
    6096             : /*
    6097             :  * SerializeGUCState:
    6098             :  * Dumps the complete GUC state onto the memory location at start_address.
    6099             :  */
    6100             : void
    6101         886 : SerializeGUCState(Size maxsize, char *start_address)
    6102             : {
    6103             :     char       *curptr;
    6104             :     Size        actual_size;
    6105             :     Size        bytes_left;
    6106             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    6107             : 
    6108             :     /* Reserve space for saving the actual size of the guc state */
    6109             :     Assert(maxsize > sizeof(actual_size));
    6110         886 :     curptr = start_address + sizeof(actual_size);
    6111         886 :     bytes_left = maxsize - sizeof(actual_size);
    6112             : 
    6113             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    6114       54426 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6115             :     {
    6116       53540 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6117             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6118             : 
    6119       53540 :         serialize_variable(&curptr, &bytes_left, gconf);
    6120             :     }
    6121             : 
    6122             :     /* Store actual size without assuming alignment of start_address. */
    6123         886 :     actual_size = maxsize - bytes_left - sizeof(actual_size);
    6124         886 :     memcpy(start_address, &actual_size, sizeof(actual_size));
    6125         886 : }
    6126             : 
    6127             : /*
    6128             :  * read_gucstate:
    6129             :  * Actually it does not read anything, just returns the srcptr. But it does
    6130             :  * move the srcptr past the terminating zero byte, so that the caller is ready
    6131             :  * to read the next string.
    6132             :  */
    6133             : static char *
    6134      291048 : read_gucstate(char **srcptr, char *srcend)
    6135             : {
    6136      291048 :     char       *retptr = *srcptr;
    6137             :     char       *ptr;
    6138             : 
    6139      291048 :     if (*srcptr >= srcend)
    6140           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6141             : 
    6142             :     /* The string variables are all null terminated */
    6143     7143472 :     for (ptr = *srcptr; ptr < srcend && *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    6144             :         ;
    6145             : 
    6146      291048 :     if (ptr >= srcend)
    6147           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find null terminator in GUC state");
    6148             : 
    6149             :     /* Set the new position to the byte following the terminating NUL */
    6150      291048 :     *srcptr = ptr + 1;
    6151             : 
    6152      291048 :     return retptr;
    6153             : }
    6154             : 
    6155             : /* Binary read version of read_gucstate(). Copies into dest */
    6156             : static void
    6157      337046 : read_gucstate_binary(char **srcptr, char *srcend, void *dest, Size size)
    6158             : {
    6159      337046 :     if (*srcptr + size > srcend)
    6160           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6161             : 
    6162      337046 :     memcpy(dest, *srcptr, size);
    6163      337046 :     *srcptr += size;
    6164      337046 : }
    6165             : 
    6166             : /*
    6167             :  * Callback used to add a context message when reporting errors that occur
    6168             :  * while trying to restore GUCs in parallel workers.
    6169             :  */
    6170             : static void
    6171           0 : guc_restore_error_context_callback(void *arg)
    6172             : {
    6173           0 :     char      **error_context_name_and_value = (char **) arg;
    6174             : 
    6175           0 :     if (error_context_name_and_value)
    6176           0 :         errcontext("while setting parameter \"%s\" to \"%s\"",
    6177             :                    error_context_name_and_value[0],
    6178           0 :                    error_context_name_and_value[1]);
    6179           0 : }
    6180             : 
    6181             : /*
    6182             :  * RestoreGUCState:
    6183             :  * Reads the GUC state at the specified address and sets this process's
    6184             :  * GUCs to match.
    6185             :  *
    6186             :  * Note that this provides the worker with only a very shallow view of the
    6187             :  * leader's GUC state: we'll know about the currently active values, but not
    6188             :  * about stacked or reset values.  That's fine since the worker is just
    6189             :  * executing one part of a query, within which the active values won't change
    6190             :  * and the stacked values are invisible.
    6191             :  */
    6192             : void
    6193        2712 : RestoreGUCState(void *gucstate)
    6194             : {
    6195             :     char       *varname,
    6196             :                *varvalue,
    6197             :                *varsourcefile;
    6198             :     int         varsourceline;
    6199             :     GucSource   varsource;
    6200             :     GucContext  varscontext;
    6201             :     Oid         varsrole;
    6202        2712 :     char       *srcptr = (char *) gucstate;
    6203             :     char       *srcend;
    6204             :     Size        len;
    6205             :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    6206             :     ErrorContextCallback error_context_callback;
    6207             : 
    6208             :     /*
    6209             :      * First, ensure that all potentially-shippable GUCs are reset to their
    6210             :      * default values.  We must not touch those GUCs that the leader will
    6211             :      * never ship, while there is no need to touch those that are shippable
    6212             :      * but already have their default values.  Thus, this ends up being the
    6213             :      * same test that SerializeGUCState uses, even though the sets of
    6214             :      * variables involved may well be different since the leader's set of
    6215             :      * variables-not-at-default-values can differ from the set that are
    6216             :      * not-default in this freshly started worker.
    6217             :      *
    6218             :      * Once we have set all the potentially-shippable GUCs to default values,
    6219             :      * restoring the GUCs that the leader sent (because they had non-default
    6220             :      * values over there) leads us to exactly the set of GUC values that the
    6221             :      * leader has.  This is true even though the worker may have initially
    6222             :      * absorbed postgresql.conf settings that the leader hasn't yet seen, or
    6223             :      * ALTER USER/DATABASE SET settings that were established after the leader
    6224             :      * started.
    6225             :      *
    6226             :      * Note that ensuring all the potential target GUCs are at PGC_S_DEFAULT
    6227             :      * also ensures that set_config_option won't refuse to set them because of
    6228             :      * source-priority comparisons.
    6229             :      */
    6230      139856 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6231             :     {
    6232      137144 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6233             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6234             : 
    6235             :         /* Do nothing if non-shippable or if already at PGC_S_DEFAULT. */
    6236      137144 :         if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    6237       71236 :             continue;
    6238             : 
    6239             :         /*
    6240             :          * We can use InitializeOneGUCOption to reset the GUC to default, but
    6241             :          * first we must free any existing subsidiary data to avoid leaking
    6242             :          * memory.  The stack must be empty, but we have to clean up all other
    6243             :          * fields.  Beware that there might be duplicate value or "extra"
    6244             :          * pointers.  We also have to be sure to take it out of any lists it's
    6245             :          * in.
    6246             :          */
    6247             :         Assert(gconf->stack == NULL);
    6248       65908 :         guc_free(gconf->extra);
    6249       65908 :         guc_free(gconf->last_reported);
    6250       65908 :         guc_free(gconf->sourcefile);
    6251       65908 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    6252             :         {
    6253       14452 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    6254             :                 {
    6255       14452 :                     struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    6256             : 
    6257       14452 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6258           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6259       14452 :                     break;
    6260             :                 }
    6261       12666 :             case PGC_INT:
    6262             :                 {
    6263       12666 :                     struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    6264             : 
    6265       12666 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6266           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6267       12666 :                     break;
    6268             :                 }
    6269           0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    6270             :                 {
    6271           0 :                     struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    6272             : 
    6273           0 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6274           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6275           0 :                     break;
    6276             :                 }
    6277       30716 :             case PGC_STRING:
    6278             :                 {
    6279       30716 :                     struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    6280             : 
    6281       30716 :                     guc_free(*conf->variable);
    6282       30716 :                     if (conf->reset_val && conf->reset_val != *conf->variable)
    6283           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_val);
    6284       30716 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6285           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6286       30716 :                     break;
    6287             :                 }
    6288        8074 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    6289             :                 {
    6290        8074 :                     struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    6291             : 
    6292        8074 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6293           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6294        8074 :                     break;
    6295             :                 }
    6296             :         }
    6297             :         /* Remove it from any lists it's in. */
    6298       65908 :         RemoveGUCFromLists(gconf);
    6299             :         /* Now we can reset the struct to PGS_S_DEFAULT state. */
    6300       65908 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(gconf);
    6301             :     }
    6302             : 
    6303             :     /* First item is the length of the subsequent data */
    6304        2712 :     memcpy(&len, gucstate, sizeof(len));
    6305             : 
    6306        2712 :     srcptr += sizeof(len);
    6307        2712 :     srcend = srcptr + len;
    6308             : 
    6309             :     /* If the GUC value check fails, we want errors to show useful context. */
    6310        2712 :     error_context_callback.callback = guc_restore_error_context_callback;
    6311        2712 :     error_context_callback.previous = error_context_stack;
    6312        2712 :     error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6313        2712 :     error_context_stack = &error_context_callback;
    6314             : 
    6315             :     /* Restore all the listed GUCs. */
    6316       99728 :     while (srcptr < srcend)
    6317             :     {
    6318             :         int         result;
    6319             :         char       *error_context_name_and_value[2];
    6320             : 
    6321       97016 :         varname = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6322       97016 :         varvalue = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6323       97016 :         varsourcefile = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6324       97016 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6325       45998 :             read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6326             :                                  &varsourceline, sizeof(varsourceline));
    6327             :         else
    6328       51018 :             varsourceline = 0;
    6329       97016 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6330             :                              &varsource, sizeof(varsource));
    6331       97016 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6332             :                              &varscontext, sizeof(varscontext));
    6333       97016 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6334             :                              &varsrole, sizeof(varsrole));
    6335             : 
    6336       97016 :         error_context_name_and_value[0] = varname;
    6337       97016 :         error_context_name_and_value[1] = varvalue;
    6338       97016 :         error_context_callback.arg = &error_context_name_and_value[0];
    6339       97016 :         result = set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    6340             :                                        varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    6341             :                                        GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, true);
    6342       97016 :         if (result <= 0)
    6343           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    6344             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    6345             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" could not be set", varname)));
    6346       97016 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6347       45998 :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    6348       97016 :         error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6349             :     }
    6350             : 
    6351        2712 :     error_context_stack = error_context_callback.previous;
    6352        2712 : }
    6353             : 
    6354             : /*
    6355             :  * A little "long argument" simulation, although not quite GNU
    6356             :  * compliant. Takes a string of the form "some-option=some value" and
    6357             :  * returns name = "some_option" and value = "some value" in palloc'ed
    6358             :  * storage. Note that '-' is converted to '_' in the option name. If
    6359             :  * there is no '=' in the input string then value will be NULL.
    6360             :  */
    6361             : void
    6362       51212 : ParseLongOption(const char *string, char **name, char **value)
    6363             : {
    6364             :     size_t      equal_pos;
    6365             :     char       *cp;
    6366             : 
    6367             :     Assert(string);
    6368             :     Assert(name);
    6369             :     Assert(value);
    6370             : 
    6371       51212 :     equal_pos = strcspn(string, "=");
    6372             : 
    6373       51212 :     if (string[equal_pos] == '=')
    6374             :     {
    6375       51212 :         *name = palloc(equal_pos + 1);
    6376       51212 :         strlcpy(*name, string, equal_pos + 1);
    6377             : 
    6378       51212 :         *value = pstrdup(&string[equal_pos + 1]);
    6379             :     }
    6380             :     else
    6381             :     {
    6382             :         /* no equal sign in string */
    6383           0 :         *name = pstrdup(string);
    6384           0 :         *value = NULL;
    6385             :     }
    6386             : 
    6387      701876 :     for (cp = *name; *cp; cp++)
    6388      650664 :         if (*cp == '-')
    6389        1540 :             *cp = '_';
    6390       51212 : }
    6391             : 
    6392             : 
    6393             : /*
    6394             :  * Transform array of GUC settings into lists of names and values. The lists
    6395             :  * are faster to process in cases where the settings must be applied
    6396             :  * repeatedly (e.g. for each function invocation).
    6397             :  */
    6398             : void
    6399        6802 : TransformGUCArray(ArrayType *array, List **names, List **values)
    6400             : {
    6401             :     int         i;
    6402             : 
    6403             :     Assert(array != NULL);
    6404             :     Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6405             :     Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6406             :     Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6407             : 
    6408        6802 :     *names = NIL;
    6409        6802 :     *values = NIL;
    6410       46628 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6411             :     {
    6412             :         Datum       d;
    6413             :         bool        isnull;
    6414             :         char       *s;
    6415             :         char       *name;
    6416             :         char       *value;
    6417             : 
    6418       39826 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6419             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6420             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6421             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6422             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6423             :                       &isnull);
    6424             : 
    6425       39826 :         if (isnull)
    6426           0 :             continue;
    6427             : 
    6428       39826 :         s = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6429             : 
    6430       39826 :         ParseLongOption(s, &name, &value);
    6431       39826 :         if (!value)
    6432             :         {
    6433           0 :             ereport(WARNING,
    6434             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    6435             :                      errmsg("could not parse setting for parameter \"%s\"",
    6436             :                             name)));
    6437           0 :             pfree(name);
    6438           0 :             continue;
    6439             :         }
    6440             : 
    6441       39826 :         *names = lappend(*names, name);
    6442       39826 :         *values = lappend(*values, value);
    6443             : 
    6444       39826 :         pfree(s);
    6445             :     }
    6446        6802 : }
    6447             : 
    6448             : 
    6449             : /*
    6450             :  * Handle options fetched from pg_db_role_setting.setconfig,
    6451             :  * pg_proc.proconfig, etc.  Caller must specify proper context/source/action.
    6452             :  *
    6453             :  * The array parameter must be an array of TEXT (it must not be NULL).
    6454             :  */
    6455             : void
    6456        6686 : ProcessGUCArray(ArrayType *array,
    6457             :                 GucContext context, GucSource source, GucAction action)
    6458             : {
    6459             :     List       *gucNames;
    6460             :     List       *gucValues;
    6461             :     ListCell   *lc1;
    6462             :     ListCell   *lc2;
    6463             : 
    6464        6686 :     TransformGUCArray(array, &gucNames, &gucValues);
    6465       46384 :     forboth(lc1, gucNames, lc2, gucValues)
    6466             :     {
    6467       39710 :         char       *name = lfirst(lc1);
    6468       39710 :         char       *value = lfirst(lc2);
    6469             : 
    6470       39710 :         (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6471             :                                  context, source,
    6472             :                                  action, true, 0, false);
    6473             : 
    6474       39698 :         pfree(name);
    6475       39698 :         pfree(value);
    6476             :     }
    6477             : 
    6478        6674 :     list_free(gucNames);
    6479        6674 :     list_free(gucValues);
    6480        6674 : }
    6481             : 
    6482             : 
    6483             : /*
    6484             :  * Add an entry to an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6485             :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.
    6486             :  */
    6487             : ArrayType *
    6488        1292 : GUCArrayAdd(ArrayType *array, const char *name, const char *value)
    6489             : {
    6490             :     struct config_generic *record;
    6491             :     Datum       datum;
    6492             :     char       *newval;
    6493             :     ArrayType  *a;
    6494             : 
    6495             :     Assert(name);
    6496             :     Assert(value);
    6497             : 
    6498             :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6499        1292 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, value, false);
    6500             : 
    6501             :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6502        1290 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6503        1290 :     if (record)
    6504        1290 :         name = record->name;
    6505             : 
    6506             :     /* build new item for array */
    6507        1290 :     newval = psprintf("%s=%s", name, value);
    6508        1290 :     datum = CStringGetTextDatum(newval);
    6509             : 
    6510        1290 :     if (array)
    6511             :     {
    6512             :         int         index;
    6513             :         bool        isnull;
    6514             :         int         i;
    6515             : 
    6516             :         Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6517             :         Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6518             :         Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6519             : 
    6520         980 :         index = ARR_DIMS(array)[0] + 1; /* add after end */
    6521             : 
    6522        3854 :         for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6523             :         {
    6524             :             Datum       d;
    6525             :             char       *current;
    6526             : 
    6527        2888 :             d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6528             :                           -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6529             :                           -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6530             :                           false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6531             :                           TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6532             :                           &isnull);
    6533        2888 :             if (isnull)
    6534           0 :                 continue;
    6535        2888 :             current = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6536             : 
    6537             :             /* check for match up through and including '=' */
    6538        2888 :             if (strncmp(current, newval, strlen(name) + 1) == 0)
    6539             :             {
    6540          14 :                 index = i;
    6541          14 :                 break;
    6542             :             }
    6543             :         }
    6544             : 
    6545         980 :         a = array_set(array, 1, &index,
    6546             :                       datum,
    6547             :                       false,
    6548             :                       -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6549             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6550             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6551             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6552             :     }
    6553             :     else
    6554         310 :         a = construct_array_builtin(&datum, 1, TEXTOID);
    6555             : 
    6556        1290 :     return a;
    6557             : }
    6558             : 
    6559             : 
    6560             : /*
    6561             :  * Delete an entry from an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6562             :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.  Also, if the return value
    6563             :  * is NULL then a null should be stored.
    6564             :  */
    6565             : ArrayType *
    6566          22 : GUCArrayDelete(ArrayType *array, const char *name)
    6567             : {
    6568             :     struct config_generic *record;
    6569             :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6570             :     int         i;
    6571             :     int         index;
    6572             : 
    6573             :     Assert(name);
    6574             : 
    6575             :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6576          22 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, NULL, false);
    6577             : 
    6578             :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6579          22 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6580          22 :     if (record)
    6581          22 :         name = record->name;
    6582             : 
    6583             :     /* if array is currently null, then surely nothing to delete */
    6584          22 :     if (!array)
    6585           0 :         return NULL;
    6586             : 
    6587          22 :     newarray = NULL;
    6588          22 :     index = 1;
    6589             : 
    6590          46 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6591             :     {
    6592             :         Datum       d;
    6593             :         char       *val;
    6594             :         bool        isnull;
    6595             : 
    6596          24 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6597             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6598             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6599             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6600             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6601             :                       &isnull);
    6602          24 :         if (isnull)
    6603          22 :             continue;
    6604          24 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6605             : 
    6606             :         /* ignore entry if it's what we want to delete */
    6607          24 :         if (strncmp(val, name, strlen(name)) == 0
    6608          22 :             && val[strlen(name)] == '=')
    6609          22 :             continue;
    6610             : 
    6611             :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6612           2 :         if (newarray)
    6613           0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6614             :                                  d,
    6615             :                                  false,
    6616             :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6617             :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6618             :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6619             :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6620             :         else
    6621           2 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6622             : 
    6623           2 :         index++;
    6624             :     }
    6625             : 
    6626          22 :     return newarray;
    6627             : }
    6628             : 
    6629             : 
    6630             : /*
    6631             :  * Given a GUC array, delete all settings from it that our permission
    6632             :  * level allows: if superuser, delete them all; if regular user, only
    6633             :  * those that are PGC_USERSET or we have permission to set
    6634             :  */
    6635             : ArrayType *
    6636           2 : GUCArrayReset(ArrayType *array)
    6637             : {
    6638             :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6639             :     int         i;
    6640             :     int         index;
    6641             : 
    6642             :     /* if array is currently null, nothing to do */
    6643           2 :     if (!array)
    6644           0 :         return NULL;
    6645             : 
    6646             :     /* if we're superuser, we can delete everything, so just do it */
    6647           2 :     if (superuser())
    6648           0 :         return NULL;
    6649             : 
    6650           2 :     newarray = NULL;
    6651           2 :     index = 1;
    6652             : 
    6653           6 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6654             :     {
    6655             :         Datum       d;
    6656             :         char       *val;
    6657             :         char       *eqsgn;
    6658             :         bool        isnull;
    6659             : 
    6660           4 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6661             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6662             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6663             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6664             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6665             :                       &isnull);
    6666           4 :         if (isnull)
    6667           2 :             continue;
    6668           4 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6669             : 
    6670           4 :         eqsgn = strchr(val, '=');
    6671           4 :         *eqsgn = '\0';
    6672             : 
    6673             :         /* skip if we have permission to delete it */
    6674           4 :         if (validate_option_array_item(val, NULL, true))
    6675           2 :             continue;
    6676             : 
    6677             :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6678           2 :         if (newarray)
    6679           0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6680             :                                  d,
    6681             :                                  false,
    6682             :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6683             :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6684             :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6685             :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6686             :         else
    6687           2 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6688             : 
    6689           2 :         index++;
    6690           2 :         pfree(val);
    6691             :     }
    6692             : 
    6693           2 :     return newarray;
    6694             : }
    6695             : 
    6696             : /*
    6697             :  * Validate a proposed option setting for GUCArrayAdd/Delete/Reset.
    6698             :  *
    6699             :  * name is the option name.  value is the proposed value for the Add case,
    6700             :  * or NULL for the Delete/Reset cases.  If skipIfNoPermissions is true, it's
    6701             :  * not an error to have no permissions to set the option.
    6702             :  *
    6703             :  * Returns true if OK, false if skipIfNoPermissions is true and user does not
    6704             :  * have permission to change this option (all other error cases result in an
    6705             :  * error being thrown).
    6706             :  */
    6707             : static bool
    6708        1318 : validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
    6709             :                            bool skipIfNoPermissions)
    6710             : 
    6711             : {
    6712             :     struct config_generic *gconf;
    6713             : 
    6714             :     /*
    6715             :      * There are three cases to consider:
    6716             :      *
    6717             :      * name is a known GUC variable.  Check the value normally, check
    6718             :      * permissions normally (i.e., allow if variable is USERSET, or if it's
    6719             :      * SUSET and user is superuser or holds ACL_SET permissions).
    6720             :      *
    6721             :      * name is not known, but exists or can be created as a placeholder (i.e.,
    6722             :      * it has a valid custom name).  We allow this case if you're a superuser,
    6723             :      * otherwise not.  Superusers are assumed to know what they're doing. We
    6724             :      * can't allow it for other users, because when the placeholder is
    6725             :      * resolved it might turn out to be a SUSET variable.  (With currently
    6726             :      * available infrastructure, we can actually handle such cases within the
    6727             :      * current session --- but once an entry is made in pg_db_role_setting,
    6728             :      * it's assumed to be fully validated.)
    6729             :      *
    6730             :      * name is not known and can't be created as a placeholder.  Throw error,
    6731             :      * unless skipIfNoPermissions is true, in which case return false.
    6732             :      */
    6733        1318 :     gconf = find_option(name, true, skipIfNoPermissions, ERROR);
    6734        1318 :     if (!gconf)
    6735             :     {
    6736             :         /* not known, failed to make a placeholder */
    6737           0 :         return false;
    6738             :     }
    6739             : 
    6740        1318 :     if (gconf->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER)
    6741             :     {
    6742             :         /*
    6743             :          * We cannot do any meaningful check on the value, so only permissions
    6744             :          * are useful to check.
    6745             :          */
    6746           0 :         if (superuser() ||
    6747           0 :             pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK)
    6748           0 :             return true;
    6749           0 :         if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6750           0 :             return false;
    6751           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6752             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    6753             :                  errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    6754             :     }
    6755             : 
    6756             :     /* manual permissions check so we can avoid an error being thrown */
    6757        1318 :     if (gconf->context == PGC_USERSET)
    6758             :          /* ok */ ;
    6759         400 :     else if (gconf->context == PGC_SUSET &&
    6760         212 :              (superuser() ||
    6761          12 :               pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK))
    6762             :          /* ok */ ;
    6763           4 :     else if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6764           2 :         return false;
    6765             :     /* if a permissions error should be thrown, let set_config_option do it */
    6766             : 
    6767             :     /* test for permissions and valid option value */
    6768        1316 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6769        1316 :                              superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET,
    6770             :                              PGC_S_TEST, GUC_ACTION_SET, false, 0, false);
    6771             : 
    6772        1314 :     return true;
    6773             : }
    6774             : 
    6775             : 
    6776             : /*
    6777             :  * Called by check_hooks that want to override the normal
    6778             :  * ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE SQLSTATE for check hook failures.
    6779             :  *
    6780             :  * Note that GUC_check_errmsg() etc are just macros that result in a direct
    6781             :  * assignment to the associated variables.  That is ugly, but forced by the
    6782             :  * limitations of C's macro mechanisms.
    6783             :  */
    6784             : void
    6785          38 : GUC_check_errcode(int sqlerrcode)
    6786             : {
    6787          38 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = sqlerrcode;
    6788          38 : }
    6789             : 
    6790             : 
    6791             : /*
    6792             :  * Convenience functions to manage calling a variable's check_hook.
    6793             :  * These mostly take care of the protocol for letting check hooks supply
    6794             :  * portions of the error report on failure.
    6795             :  */
    6796             : 
    6797             : static bool
    6798      380608 : call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool *conf, bool *newval, void **extra,
    6799             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6800             : {
    6801             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6802      380608 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6803      346596 :         return true;
    6804             : 
    6805             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6806       34012 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6807       34012 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6808       34012 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6809       34012 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6810             : 
    6811       34012 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6812             :     {
    6813          24 :         ereport(elevel,
    6814             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6815             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6816             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6817             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6818             :                         conf->gen.name, (int) *newval),
    6819             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6820             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6821             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6822             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6823             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6824           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6825           0 :         return false;
    6826             :     }
    6827             : 
    6828       33988 :     return true;
    6829             : }
    6830             : 
    6831             : static bool
    6832      368538 : call_int_check_hook(struct config_int *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6833             :                     GucSource source, int elevel)
    6834             : {
    6835             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6836      368538 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6837      314676 :         return true;
    6838             : 
    6839             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6840       53862 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6841       53862 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6842       53862 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6843       53862 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6844             : 
    6845       53862 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6846             :     {
    6847           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6848             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6849             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6850             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6851             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6852             :                         conf->gen.name, *newval),
    6853             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6854             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6855             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6856             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6857             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6858           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6859           0 :         return false;
    6860             :     }
    6861             : 
    6862       53862 :     return true;
    6863             : }
    6864             : 
    6865             : static bool
    6866       57180 : call_real_check_hook(struct config_real *conf, double *newval, void **extra,
    6867             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6868             : {
    6869             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6870       57180 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6871       55214 :         return true;
    6872             : 
    6873             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6874        1966 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6875        1966 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6876        1966 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6877        1966 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6878             : 
    6879        1966 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6880             :     {
    6881           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6882             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6883             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6884             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6885             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %g",
    6886             :                         conf->gen.name, *newval),
    6887             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6888             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6889             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6890             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6891             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6892           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6893           0 :         return false;
    6894             :     }
    6895             : 
    6896        1966 :     return true;
    6897             : }
    6898             : 
    6899             : static bool
    6900      696870 : call_string_check_hook(struct config_string *conf, char **newval, void **extra,
    6901             :                        GucSource source, int elevel)
    6902             : {
    6903      696870 :     volatile bool result = true;
    6904             : 
    6905             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6906      696870 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6907      123562 :         return true;
    6908             : 
    6909             :     /*
    6910             :      * If elevel is ERROR, or if the check_hook itself throws an elog
    6911             :      * (undesirable, but not always avoidable), make sure we don't leak the
    6912             :      * already-malloc'd newval string.
    6913             :      */
    6914      573308 :     PG_TRY();
    6915             :     {
    6916             :         /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6917      573308 :         GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6918      573308 :         GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6919      573308 :         GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6920      573308 :         GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6921             : 
    6922      573308 :         if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6923             :         {
    6924          36 :             ereport(elevel,
    6925             :                     (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6926             :                      GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6927             :                      errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6928             :                      errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6929             :                             conf->gen.name, *newval ? *newval : ""),
    6930             :                      GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6931             :                      errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6932             :                      GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6933             :                      errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6934             :             /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6935           0 :             FlushErrorState();
    6936           0 :             result = false;
    6937             :         }
    6938             :     }
    6939          42 :     PG_CATCH();
    6940             :     {
    6941          42 :         guc_free(*newval);
    6942          42 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    6943             :     }
    6944      573266 :     PG_END_TRY();
    6945             : 
    6946      573266 :     return result;
    6947             : }
    6948             : 
    6949             : static bool
    6950      145660 : call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6951             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6952             : {
    6953             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6954      145660 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6955      127718 :         return true;
    6956             : 
    6957             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6958       17942 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6959       17942 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6960       17942 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6961       17942 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6962             : 
    6963       17942 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6964             :     {
    6965           2 :         ereport(elevel,
    6966             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6967             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6968             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6969             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6970             :                         conf->gen.name,
    6971             :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *newval)),
    6972             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6973             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6974             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6975             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6976             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6977           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6978           0 :         return false;
    6979             :     }
    6980             : 
    6981       17940 :     return true;
    6982             : }

Generated by: LCOV version 1.14